Skip to main content

Part of the book series: Encyclopaedia of Mathematics ((ENMA))

  • 853 Accesses

Abstract

A group which has a normal series such that the order of every factor contains at most one prime from π (π is a set of prime numbers). The class of π-separable groups contains the class of π-solvable groups (cf. π-solvable group). For finite π-separable groups, the π-Sylow properties (cf. Sylow theorems) have been shown to hold (see [1]). In fact, for any set π1⊆π, a finite π-separable group G contains a π1-Hall subgroup (cf. also Hall subgroup), and any two π1-Hall subgroups are conjugate in G. Any π1 -subgroup of a π-separable group G is contained in some π1-Hall subgroup of G (see [2]).

This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution to check access.

Access this chapter

eBook
USD 16.99
Price excludes VAT (USA)
  • Available as PDF
  • Read on any device
  • Instant download
  • Own it forever
Softcover Book
USD 54.99
Price excludes VAT (USA)
  • Compact, lightweight edition
  • Dispatched in 3 to 5 business days
  • Free shipping worldwide - see info

Tax calculation will be finalised at checkout

Purchases are for personal use only

Institutional subscriptions

References

  1. Chunikhin, S.A.: ‘On Tr-separable groups’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 59, no. 3 (1948), 443–445 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2. Hall, P.: ‘Theorems like Sylow’s’, Proc. London Math. Soc. 6, no. 22 (1956), 286–304.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  3. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, II, Chelsea, 1955–1956, p. 195ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  4. Gol’berg, P.A.: ‘Sylow bases of 77-separable groups’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 60 (1949), 615–618 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  5. Chunikhin, S.A.: ‘On π-properties of finite groups’, Mat. Sb. 25 (1949), 321–346 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  6. Chunikhin, S.A.: Subgroups of finite groups, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  7. Brauer, W.: ‘Zu den Sylowsätzen von Hall und Cunichin’, Arch. Math. 19, no. 3 (1968), 245–255.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  8. Robinson, D.J.S.: A course in the theory of groups, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  9. Hensel, K.: ‘Ueber eine neue Begründung der Theorie der algebraischen Zahlen’, Jahresber. Deutsch. Math.-Verein 6, no. 1 (1899), 83–88.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  10. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  11. Lang, S.: Algebraic numbers, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  12. Weyl, H.: Algebraic theory of numbers, Princeton Univ. Press, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  13. Hasse, H.: Zahlentheorie, Akademie-Verlag, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  14. Weil, A.: Basic number theory, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  15. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics, 7. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  16. Barsotti, I.: ‘Analytic methods for abelian varieties in positive characteristic’, in Coll. Théorie des Groupes Algébriques (Bruxelles, 1962), Gauthier-Villars, 1962, pp. 77-85.

    Google Scholar 

  17. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Groupes de Barsotti-Täte et cristaux’, in Proc. Internat. Congress Mathematicians Nice, 1970, Vol. 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1971, pp. 431-436.

    Google Scholar 

  18. Mazur, B. and Messing, W.: Universal extensions and one-dimensional crystalline cohomology, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  19. Messing, W.: The crystals associated to Barsotti —Tate groups: with applications to Abelian schemes, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  20. Serre, J.P.: Groupes p-divisibles (d’après J. Tate), Sém. Bourbaki, 318, Benjamin, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  21. Tate, J.: ‘p-divisible groups’, in Proc. Conf. Local Fields (Driebergen, 1967), Springer, 1967, pp. 158-183.

    Google Scholar 

  22. Demazure, M.: Lectures on p-divisible groups, Lecture notes in math., 302, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  23. Huppert, B.: Endliche Gruppen, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  24. Gorenstein, D.: Finite groups, Harper & Row, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  25. Shmidt, O.Yu.: Selected works in mathematics, Moscow, 1959 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  26. Chernikov, S.N.: ‘Finiteness conditions in the general theory of groups’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 84 (1969), 1–65. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 14, no. 5 (1959), 45-96)

    Google Scholar 

  27. Itogi Nauki. Algebra, 1964 (1966), 123-160.

    Google Scholar 

  28. Serre, J.-P: Cohomologie Galoisienne, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  29. Huppert, B. and Blackburn, N.: Finite groups, 3, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  30. Aschbacher, M.: Finite group theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  31. Alperin, J.L.: Local representation theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  32. Zel’manov, E.I.: ‘Solution of the restricted Burnside problem for groups of odd exponent’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSH Ser. Mat. 54, no. 1 (1990), 42–59 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  33. Zel’manov, E.I.: ‘On the restricted Burnside problem’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 30, no. 6 (1989), 68–74 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  34. Baranovskiĭ, E.P.: ‘Packings, coverings, partitions, and certain other distributions in spaces of constant curvature’, Progress in Math. 9 (1971), 209–253. (Itogi Nauk. Algebra. Topol. Geom. 1967 (1969), 181-225)

    Google Scholar 

  35. Fejes Toth, L.: Lagerungen in der Ebene, auf der Kugel und im Raum, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  36. Rogers, C.A.: Packing and covering, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  37. Erdös, P., Gruber, P.M. and Hammer, J.: Lattice points, Longman, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  38. Gruber, P.M. and Lekkerkerker, C.G.: Geometry of numbers, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  39. Grünbaum, B. and Shephard, G.C.: Tilings and patterns, Freeman, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  40. Conway, J.H. and Sloane, N.J.A.: Sphere packings, lattices and groups, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  41. Cauchy, A.L.: Cours d’analyse de l’école royale polytechnique, 1, Paris, 1821.

    Google Scholar 

  42. Jacobi, C.G.J.: ‘Ueber die Darstellung einer Reihe gegebener Werthe durch eine gebrochene rationale Funktion’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 30 (1846), 127–156.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  43. Frobenius, G.: ‘Ueber Relationen zwischen den Näherungsbrüchen von Potenzen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 90 (1881), 1–17.

    Google Scholar 

  44. Padé, H.: ‘Sur la répresentation approchée d’une fonction par des fractions rationelles’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Normale Sup. 9(Suppl.) (1892), 1–93.

    Google Scholar 

  45. Hadamard, J.: ‘Essai sur l’étude des fonctions données par leur développement de Taylor’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 8 (1892), 101–186.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  46. Montessus de Ballore, R.F.B.: ‘Sur les fractions continues algébriques’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 30 (1902), 26–36.

    Google Scholar 

  47. Chebyshev, P.L.: Collected works, 3, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  48. Markov, A.A.: Selected work on the theory of continued fractions and the theory of functions deviating least from zero, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  49. Stieltjes, T.J.: ‘Récherches sur les fractions continues’, Ann. Fac. Sci. Univ. Toulouse 8 (1894), 1–122.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  50. Stieltjes, T.J.: ‘Récherches sur les fractions continues’, Ann. Fac. Sci. Univ. Toulouse 9 (1895), 1–47.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  51. Wall, H.S.: Analytic theory of continued fractions, Chelsea, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  52. Perron, O.: Die Lehre von den Kettenbrüchen, 2, Teubner, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  53. Baker, G.A., jr. and Gamel, J.L. (eds.): The Padé approximant in theoretical physics, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  54. Grave-Morris, P.R. (ed.): Padé approximants and their application (Canterbury, 1972), Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  55. CabAnnes, H. (ed.): Padé approximants method and its applications to mechanics, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  56. Baker, G.A.: Essentials of Padé approximants, Acad. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  57. Saft, E.B. and Varga, R.S. (eds.): Padé and rational approximation (Tampa 1976), Acad. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  58. Gilewicz, J.: Approximants de Padé, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  59. Wuytack, L. (ed.): Padé approximation and its applications (Antwerp 1979), Lecture notes in math., 888, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  60. Baker, G.A., Jr. and Graves-Morris, P.: Padé approximants and its applications, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  61. Bruin, M.G. de and Rossum, H. van (eds.): Padé approximation and its applications (Amsterdam, 1980), Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  62. Brezinski, C.: Padé-type approximation and general orthogonal polynomials, Birkhäuser, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  63. Cuyt, A.: Padé approximation for operators: theory and applications, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  64. Petrushev, P.P. and Popov, V.A.: Rational approximation of real functions, Chapt. 12, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  65. Hermite, Ch.: ‘Sur la function exponentielle’, C.R. Acad. Sci. LXXVII (1873), 18–24; 74-79; 226-233; 285-293.

    Google Scholar 

  66. Mahler, K.: ‘Perfect systems’, Compos. Math. 19 (1968), 95–166. Writting during his stay in Holland in 1934–1935.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  67. Jones, W.B. and Thron, W.J.: Continued fractions and their applications, Addison Wesley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  68. First French-Polish Meeting on Padé Approximation and Convergence Acceleration Techniques (Warsaw, 1981), CPT-81/PE 1354, CNRS Marseille, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  69. Werner, H. and Bünger, H.-J. (eds.): Padé approximation and its application (Bad Honnef, 1983), Lecture notes in math., 1071, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  70. Graves-Morris, P.R., H.:(et al. (eds.): Rational approximation and interpolation (Tampa, 1983), Lecture notes in math., 1105, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  71. Brezinski, C, et al. (eds.): Polynomes orthogonaux et applications (Bar-le-Duc, 1984), Lecture notes in math., 1171, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  72. ‘Internat. Conf. Computational and Applied Mathematics (Leuven, 1984)’, J. Comput. Applied Math. 12-13 (1985).

    Google Scholar 

  73. Gilewicz, J., et al. (eds.): Rational approximation and its applications in mathematics and physics (Lancut, 1985), Lecture notes in math., 1237, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  74. Cuyt, A. (ed.): Nonlinear numerical methods and rational approximation (Antwerp, 1987), Reidel, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  75. Alfaro, M., et al. (eds.): Orthogonal polynomials and their applications (Segovia, 1986), Lecture notes in math., 1329, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  76. ‘Conf. Constructive Function Theory (Edmonton, 1986)’, Rocky Mt. J. of Math. 19 (1989).

    Google Scholar 

  77. Werner, H. et al. (eds.): Computational aspects of complex analysis, Reidel, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  78. ‘Volume dedicated to H. Werner’, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 19, no. 1 (1987).

    Google Scholar 

  79. Broeckx, F., et al. (eds.): Proc. Internat. Conf. Comput. and Appl. Math. (Leuven, July 1983), North-Holland, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  80. Page, A.: ‘On the number of primes in an arithmetic progression’, Proc. London Math. Soc. Ser. 2 39, no. 2 (1935), 116–141.

    Google Scholar 

  81. Karatsuba, A.A.: Fundamentals of analytic number theory, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  82. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  83. Painlevé, P.: ‘Mémoire sur les équations différentielles dont l’intégrale générale est uniforme’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 28 (1900), 201–261.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  84. Painlevé, P.: ‘Sur les équations différentielles du second ordre et d’ordre supérieure dont l’intégrale générale est uniforme’, Acta Math. 25 (1902), 1–85.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  85. Gambier, B.: ‘Sur les équations différentielles du second ordre et du premier degré dont l’intégrale générale est à points critiques fixes’, Acta Math. 33 (1910), 1–55.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  86. Golubev, V.V.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgleichungen im Komplexen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  87. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  88. Ablowitz, M.J. and Segur, H.: Solitons and the inverse scattering transform, SIAM, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  89. Dodd, R.K., Eilbeck, J.C., Gibbon, J.D. and Morris, H.C.: Solitons and nonlinear wave equations, Acad. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  90. Yoshida, H., Grammaticos, B. and Ramani, A.: ‘Painlevé resonances versus Kowalevski exponents: some exact results on singularity structure and integrability of dynamical systems’, Acta Appl. Math. 8 (1987), 75–104.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  91. Gérard, R., Reeb, G. and Sec, A. (eds.): Oeuvres de P. Painlevé, CNRS, 1972–1975.

    Google Scholar 

  92. Hille, E.: Lectures on ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  93. Painlevé, P.: Leçons sur la théorie analytique des équations différentielles, professées à Stockholm (1895), Paris, 1897.

    Google Scholar 

  94. Zoretti, L.: ‘Sur les fonctions analytiques uniformes qui possèdent un ensemble parfait discontinu de points singuliers’, J. Math. Pure Appl. 1 (1905), 1–51.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  95. Zoretti, L.: Leçons sur la prolongement analytique, Gauthier-Villars, 1911.

    Google Scholar 

  96. Ahlfors, L.: ‘Bounded analytic functions’, Duke Math. J. 14 (1947), 1–11.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  97. Vitushkin, A.G.: ‘Example of a set of positive length but of zero analytic capacity’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 127, no. 2 (1959), 246–249 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  98. Garnett, J.B.: Analytic capacity and measure, Lecture notes in math., 297, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  99. Carleson, L.: Selected problems on exceptional sets, v. Nostrand, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  100. Hayman, W.K. and Kennedy, P.B.: Subharmonic functions, 1, Acad. Press, 1976, p. 229ff.

    Google Scholar 

  101. Painlevé, P.: Sur les lignes singulières des fonctions analytiques, Paris, 1887.

    Google Scholar 

  102. Painlevé, P.: Leçons sur la théorie analytique des équations différentielles, professées à Stockholm (1895), Paris, 1897.

    Google Scholar 

  103. Golubev, V.V.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgleichungen im Komplexen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  104. Garnett, J.: Analytic capacity and measure, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  105. Wermer, J.: Banach algebras and several complex variables, Springer, 1976, Chapt. 13.

    Google Scholar 

  106. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  107. Hille, E.: Lectures on ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  108. Wiener, N. and Paley, R.E.A.C.: Fourier transforms in the complex domain, Amer. Math. Soc, 1934.

    Google Scholar 

  109. Vladimirov, V.S.: Generalized functions in mathematical physics, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  110. Gel’fand, I.M., Graev, M.I. and Vilenkin, N.Ya.: Generalized functions, 5. Integral geometry and representation theory, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  111. Zhelobenko, D.P.: Harmonic analysis of functions on semi-simple complex Lie groups, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  112. Rudin, W.: Functional analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  113. Treves, F.: Topological vector spaces, distributions and kernels, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  114. Warner, G.: Harmonic analysis on semi-simple Lie groups, II, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  115. Helgason, S.: Groups and geometric analysis, Acad. Press, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  116. Katznelson, Y.: An introduction to harmonic analysis, Dover, reprint, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  117. Riemann, B.: ‘Beiträge zur Theorie der durch Gauss’sche Reihe F(α, β, γ, χ) darstellbare Functionen’, in Gesammelte mathematische Werke, Dover, reprint, 1953, pp. 67-85.

    Google Scholar 

  118. Papperitz, E.: ‘Ueber verwandte s-Functionen’, Math. Ann. 25 (1885), 212–221.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  119. Whittaker, E.T. and Watson, G.N.: A course of modern analysis, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  120. Golubev, V.V.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgleichungen im Komplexen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  121. Kummer, E.E.: ‘Ueber die hypergeometrische Reihe 1+(αβ)/(1·γ)x +...’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 15 (1836), 39–83; 127-172.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  122. Veblen, O. and Young, J.W.: Projective geometry, 1; Ginn, 1910.

    Google Scholar 

  123. Berger, M.: Geometry, 2, Springer, 1987, Chapt. 17 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  124. Coolidge, J.: A history of the conic sections and quadric surfaces, Dover, reprint, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  125. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  126. Voevodin, V.V.: Numerical methods of algebra, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  127. Wilkinson, J.H.: The algebraic eigenvalue problem, Oxford Univ. Press, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  128. Bakvalov, N.S.: ‘The stable calculation of polynomial values’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 11, no. 6 (1971), 263–271. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 11 (1971), 1568-1574)

    Google Scholar 

  129. Sauer, R. and Szabö, I.: Mathematische Hilfsmittel des Ingenieurs, 1, Springer, 1967, p. 98.

    Google Scholar 

  130. Landau, L.D. and Lifschitz, E.M.: Mechanics, Pergamon, 1960, p. 151 ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  131. Bateman, H. and Erdélyi, A.: Higher transcendental functions, 2. Bessel functions, parabolic cylinder functions, orthogonal polynomials, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  132. Miller, J.C.P.: Giving solutions of the differential equation d 2y/dx2+(x2/4−a)y =0, tables of Weber parabolic cylinder functions, H.M. Stationary Office, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  133. Fock, V.A. [V.A. Fok]: Electromagnetic diffraction and propagation problems, Pergamon, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  134. Babich, V.M. and Buldyrev, V.S.: Asymptotic methods in problems of diffraction of short waves, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  135. Babic, V.M. [V.M. Babich] and Kirpicnikova, N.Y. [N.Ya. Kirpichnikova]: The boundary-layer method in diffraction problems, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  136. Felsen, L.B. and Maruvitz, N.: Radiation and scattering of waves, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  137. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  138. Krylov, N.V.: Nonlinear elliptic and parabolic equations of the second order, Reidel, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  139. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  140. Saul’ev, V.K.: Integration of equations of parabolic type by the method of nets, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  141. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Gulin, A.V.: Stability of difference schemes, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  142. Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘Difference schemes for Poisson’s equation in polar, cylindrical and spherical coordinate systems’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys 11, no. 5 (1971), 153–165. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 11, no. 5 (1971), 1219-1228)

    Google Scholar 

  143. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  144. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Sobol’, I.M.: ‘Examples of the numerical calculation of temperature waves’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 3, no. 4 (1963), 945–970. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 3, no. 4 (1963), 702-719)

    Google Scholar 

  145. Yanenko, N.N.: The method of fractional steps; the solution of problems of mathematical physics in several variables, Springer, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  146. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: ‘Homogeneous difference schemes for nonlinear parabolic equations’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 2, no. 1 (1962). (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 2, no. 1 (1962), 25-56)

    Google Scholar 

  147. Yanenko, N.N.: ‘Weak approximation of systems of differential equations’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 5, no. 6 (1964), 1431–1434 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  148. D’yakonov, E.G.: ‘Difference schemes with a “disintegrating” operator for multidimensional problems’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 2, no. 4 (1962), 581–607. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 2, no. 4 (1962), 549-568)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  149. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘Difference approximation methods for problems of mathematical physics’, Russian Math. Surveys 31, no. 6 (1976), 179–213. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 31, no. 6 (1976), 167-196)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  150. Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘Balance method and variational-difference schemes’, Differential Eq. 16, no. 7 (1980), 853–862. (Differentsial’nye Uravneniya 16, no. 7 (1980), 1332-1343)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  151. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Numerical methods for grid equations, 1-2, Birkhäuser, 1989 (translated from the RusSian).

    Google Scholar 

  152. Smith, G.D.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations: finite difference methods, Clarendon Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  153. Johnson, C.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations by the finite element method, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  154. Mitchell, A.R. and Griffiths, D.F.: The finite difference method in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  155. Lapidus, L. and Pinder, G.F.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations in science and engineering, Wiley, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  156. Gourlay, A.R.: ‘Hopscotch, a fast second order partial differential equation solver’, J. Inst. Math. Appl. 6 (1970), 375–390.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  157. Peaceman, A.W. and Rachford, H.H.: The numerical solution of parabolic and elliptic differential equations’, SIAM J. 3 (1955), 28–41.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  158. Klingenberg, W.: A course in differential geometry, Springer, 1978, pp. 50-51.

    Google Scholar 

  159. Millman, R.S. and Parker, G.D.: Elements of differential geometry, Prentice Hall, 1977, p. 132.

    Google Scholar 

  160. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  161. Seber, G.A.F.: Linear regression analysis, Wiley, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  162. Savelov, A.A.: Planar curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  163. Gomez Teixeira, F.: Traité des courbes, 1-3, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  164. Lawrence, J.D.: A catalog of special plane curves, Dover, reprint, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  165. Borel, A. and Tits, J.: ‘Groupes réductifs’, Publ. Math. IHES 27 (1965), 55–150.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  166. Borel, A. and Tits, J.: ‘Eléments unipotents et sous-groupes paraboliques de groupes réductifs F, Invent. Math. 12 (1971), 95–104.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  167. Bourbaki, N.: Groupes et algèbres de Lie, Hermann, 1975, Chapts. VII-VIII.

    Google Scholar 

  168. Humphreys, J.E.: Linear algebraic groups, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  169. Karpelevich, F.I.: ‘The geometry of geodesics and the eigen-functions of the Laplace — Beltrami operator on symmetric spaces’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 14 (1967), 51–199. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 14 (1965), 48-185)

    Google Scholar 

  170. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  171. Berger, M.: Geometry, 2, Springer, 1987, Chapt. 15 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  172. Sauer, R. and Szabö, I.: Mathematische Hilfsmittel des Ingenieurs, 1, Springer, 1967, p. 96.

    Google Scholar 

  173. Kelley, J.L.: General topology, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  174. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  175. Arkhangelskiĭ A.V.: ‘New criteria for paracompactness and metrizability of an arbitrary T 1-space’, Soviet Math. Dokl 2, no. 6 (1961), 1367–1370. (Dokl Akad Nauk SSSR 141, no. 1 (1961), 13-15)

    Google Scholar 

  176. Preuss, G.: Theory of topological structures, Reidel, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  177. Burke, D.K.: ‘Covering properties’, in K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 347-422.

    Google Scholar 

  178. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  179. Burke, D.K.: ‘Covering properties’, in K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 347-422.

    Google Scholar 

  180. Michael, E.A.: ‘A note on paracompact spaces’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953), 831–838.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  181. Michael, E.A.: ‘Another note on paracompact spaces’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1958), 822–828.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  182. Michael, E.A.: ‘Yet another note on paracompact spaces’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959), 309–314.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  183. Stone, A.H.: ‘Paracompactness and product spaces’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 54 (1948), 977–982.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  184. Isbell, J.: ‘Supercomplete spaces’, Pacific J. Math. 12 (1962), 287–290.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  185. Michael, E.: ‘Continuous selections I’, Ann. of Math. (2) 63 (1956), 361–382.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  186. Tamano, H.: ‘On paracompactness’, Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960), 1043–1047.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  187. Levi-Civita, T.: ‘Nozione di parallelismo in una varietá qualunque e conséquente specificazione geometrica della curvatura riemanniana’, Rend. Circ. Mat. Padova 42 (1917), 173–205.

    Google Scholar 

  188. Weyl, H.: Raum, Zeit, Materie, Springer, 1923.

    Google Scholar 

  189. Cartan, E.: ‘Les groupes d’holonomie des espaces généralisés’, Acta Math. 48 (1926), 1–42.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  190. Nomizu, K.: Lie groups and differential geometry, Math. Soc. Japan, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  191. Rashewski, P.K. [P.K. Rashevskiĭ]: Riemannsche Geometrie und Tensoranalyse, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  192. Kobayashi, S. and Nomizu, K.: Foundations of differential geometry, I, Interscience, 1963, Chapt. II.

    Google Scholar 

  193. Lichnérowicz, A.: Global theory of connections and holonomy groups, Noordhoff, 1976 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  194. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  195. Kobayashi, S. and Nomizu, K.: Foundations of differential geometry, 1-2, Interscience, 1963–1969.

    Google Scholar 

  196. Lichnerowicz, A.: Global theory of connections and holonomy groups, Noordhoff, 1976 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  197. Chern, S.S.: Complex manifolds without potential theory, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  198. Chern, S.S.: ‘On a generalization of Kahler geometry’, in R.H. Fox, D.C. Spencer and A.W. Tucker (eds.): Algebraic Geometry and Topol. Symp. in Honour of S. Lefschetz, Princeton Univ. Press, 1957, pp. 103-121.

    Google Scholar 

  199. Berger, M.: ‘Sur les groupes d’holonomie homogène des variétés à connexion affine et des variétés riemanniennes’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 83 (1955), 279–330.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  200. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  201. Kobayashi, S. and Nagano, T.: ‘On a fundamental theorem of Weyl-Cartan on G-structures’, J. Math. Soc. Japan 17 (1965), 84–101.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  202. Do Carmo, M.P.: Differential geometry of curves and surfaces, Prentice-Hall, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  203. McMullen, P. and Schneider, R.: ‘Valuations on convex bodies’, in P.M. Gruber and J.M. Wills (eds.): Convexity and Its Applications, Birkhäuser, 1983, pp. 170-247.

    Google Scholar 

  204. Andrews, G.R. and Schneider, F.B.: ‘Concepts and notions for concurrent programming’, ACM Comp. Surveys 15, no. 1 (March 1983), 3–43.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  205. Rodrigue, G. (ed.): Parallel computations, Acad. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  206. Miklosko, J. and Kotov, V. (eds.): Algorithms, software and hardware of parallel computers, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  207. Hennessy, M: Algebraic theory of processes, M.I.T., 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  208. Varshavsky, V.I. [V.I. Varshavskiĭ]: Self-timed control of concurrent processes, Kluwer, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  209. Bustard, D., Elder, J. and Welsch, J.: Concurrent program structures, Prentice Hall, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  210. Barker, J.W. de, Roever, W.P. de and Rozenberg, G. (eds.): Current trends in concurrency. Overviews and tutorials, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  211. Chandy, K.M. and Misra, J.: Parallel program design, Addison-Wesley, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  212. Coxeter, H.S.M.: ‘Parallel lines’, Canad. Math. Bulletin 21, no. 4 (1978), 385–397.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  213. Greenberg, M.: Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries, Freeman, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  214. Hilbert, D.: Gundlagen der Geometrie, Teubner, reprint, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  215. Rashewski, P.K. [P.K. Rashevskiĭ]: Riemannsche Geometrie und Tensor analyse, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  216. Nomizu, K.: Lie groups and differential geometry, Math. Soc. Japan, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  217. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  218. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Teubner, reprint, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  219. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  220. Gromov, M.: Partial differential relations, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  221. Husemoller, D.: Fibre bundles, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  222. Grünbaum, B. and Shephard, G.C.: Tilings and patterns, Freeman, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  223. Gruber, P.M. and Lekkerkerker, C.G.: Geometry of numbers, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  224. Erdös, P., Gruber, P.M. and Hammer, J.: Lattice points, Longman, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  225. Conway, J.H. and Sloane, N.J.A.: Sphere packings, lattices and groups, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  226. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  227. Kramer, P. and Neri, R.: ‘On periodic and non-periodic space fillings of E m obtained by projection’, Acta Cryst. A40 (1984), 580–587.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  228. Shirokov, P.A.: Tensor calculus. Tensor algebra, Kazan’, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  229. Beklemishev, D.V.: A course of analytical geometry and linear algebra, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  230. Pisot, C. and Zamansky, M.: Mathématiques générales: algèbre-analyse, Dunod, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  231. Gruber, P.M. and Lekkerkerker, CG.: Geometry of numbers, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  232. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  233. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  234. Il’in, V.A. and Poznyak, E.G.: Fundamentals of mathematical analysis, 2, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  235. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: Mathematical analysis, 2, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  236. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 2, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  237. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhinov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  238. Poincaré, H.: New methods of celestial mechanics, 1-3, Nat. Aeronautics and Space Adm. USA, 1967 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  239. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  240. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Mitropol’skiĭ, Yu.A.: Asymptotic methods in the theory of non-linear oscillations, Hindushtan Publ. Comp., Delhi, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  241. Golubev, V.V.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgleichungen im Komplexen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  242. Erugin, N.P.: ‘The analytic theory and problems of the real theory of differential equations with the first method and with methods of the analytic theory’, Differential Equations N. Y. 3, no. 11 (1967), 943–966. (Differentsial’nye Uravneniya 3, no. 11 (1967), 1821-1863)

    Google Scholar 

  243. Davidenko, D.F.: ‘On a new numerical solution method for systems of nonlinear equations’, Dokl Akad. Nauk SSSR 88, no. 4 (1953), 601–602 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  244. Davidenko, D.F.: ‘Application of the method of variation of parameters to the theory of nonlinear functional equations’, Ukrain Mat. Zh. 7 (1955), 18–28 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  245. Gavurin, M.K.: ‘Nonlinear functional equations and continuous analogues of iteration methods’, Izv. Vuz. Mat. 5 (1958), 18–31 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  246. Polyak, B.T.: ‘Gradient methods for solving equations and inequalities’, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 4, no. 6 (1964), 995–1005 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  247. Davidenko, D.F.: ‘An application of the method of variation of parameters to the construction of iterative formulas of increased accuracy for numerical solutions of nonlinear integral equations’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 6, no. 3 (1965), 702–706. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 162, no. 3 (1965), 499-502)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  248. Mikhlin, S.G.: Numerical realization of variational methods, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  249. Kleinmichel, H.: ‘Stetige Analoga und Iterationsverfahren für Gleichungen in Banachräume’, Math. Nachr. 37, no. 5-6 (1968), 313–343.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  250. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A., et al.: Approximate solution of operator equations, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  251. Lira, D.K. and Shafiev, R.A.: ‘Continuous analogues of certain iteration methods for solving equations’, Izv. Akad. Nauk MoldavSSR Ser. Fiz-Tekhn. i Mat. Nauk 2 (1970), 13–18 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  252. Zhidkov, E.P., et al.: Fizika Element. Chast. i Atomn. Yadra 4, no. 1 (1973), 127–166.

    Google Scholar 

  253. Davidenko, D.F.: ‘The iteration method of parameter variation for the inversion of linear operations’, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 15, no. 1 (1975), 30–47, 274 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  254. Ortega, J. and Reinboldt, W.: Iteration methods for the solution of non-linear systems of equations in many unknowns, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  255. Keller, H.: Methods of numerical and applied mathematics, Vol. 2, Novosibirsk, 1977, pp. 6-36 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  256. Davidenko, D.F.: Mathematical programming and related problems. Computational methods, Moscow, 1976, pp. 187-212 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  257. Kolyada, Yu.V. and Sigorskiĭ, V.P.: Kibernetika, no. 3 (1980), 24-28.

    Google Scholar 

  258. Ulrich, K.: State of the art in numerical methods for continuation and bifurcation problems with applications in continuum mechanics. A survey and comparative study, Preprint Lab. Nac. Comp. Cien., Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, 1990.

    Google Scholar 

  259. Allgower, E.L. and Georg, K.: Continuation methods for numerically solving systems of equations, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  260. Struik, DJ.: Lectures on classical differential geometry, Dover, reprint, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  261. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  262. Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘The ideas of P.L. Chebyshev and A.A. Markov in the theory of limiting values of integrals, and their further development’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 6, no. 4 (1951), 3–120 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  263. Lebedev, N.A. and Aleksandrov, I.A.: ‘On the variational method in classes of functions representable by means of Stieltjes integrals’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 94 (1968), 91–103. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 94 (1968), 79-89)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  264. Goluzina, E.G.: ‘The value domains of the coefficient systems of a certain class of functions meromorphic in a disk’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 94 (1968), 37–52. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 94 (1968), 33-46)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  265. Goluzina, E.G.: ‘On domains of values of systems of functionals in some classes of functions, representable by a Stieltjes integral’, J. Soviet Math. 2, no. 6 (1974), 582–605. (Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. 24 (1972), 29-62)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  266. Goluzina, E.G.: ‘Ranges of values of systems of coefficients in the class of functions with positive real part in an annulus’, J. Soviet Math. 8, no. 6 (1977), 642–661. (Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. 44 (1972), 17-40)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  267. Goluzina, E.G.: ‘Ranges of certain systems of functional in classes of functions with a positive real part’, J. Soviet Math. 19, no. 6 (1982), 1630–1636. (Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad. Otdel. Mat. Inst. 100 (1980), 17-25).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  268. Düren, P.L.: Univalent functions, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  269. Bank, B., Guddat, J., Kxatte, D., Kummer, B. and Tammer, K.: Nonlinear parametric optimization, Birkhäuser, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  270. Nozicka, F., Guddat, J. and Hollatz, H.: Theorie der linearen parametrischen Optimierung, Akad. Verlag, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  271. Dinkelbach, W.: Sensitivätsanalysen und parametrische Programmierung, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  272. Zionts, S.: Linear and integer programming, Prentice Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  273. Geoffrion, A.M.: ‘Strictly concave parametric programming I, II’, Management Science 13 (1966/67), 244–253; 359-370.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  274. Apostol, T.M.: Calculus, Blaisdell, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  275. Aleksandrov, I.A.: Parametric representations in the theory of univalent functions, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  276. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  277. Aleksandrov, I.A. and Sorokin, A.S.: ‘The problem of Schwarz for multiply connected circular domains’, Sib. Math. J. 13, no. 5 (1972), 671–692. (Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 13, no. 5 (1972), 971-1000)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  278. Hadamard, J.: ‘Mémoire sur le problème d’analyse relatif à l’équilibre des plaques élastiques encastrées’, in Oeuvres, Vol. 2, CNRS, 1968, pp. 515-642.

    Google Scholar 

  279. Hadamard, J.: Leçons sur le calcul des variations, 1, Hermann, 1910.

    Google Scholar 

  280. Bellma, R. and Angel, E.: Dynamic programming and partial differential equations, Acad. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  281. Popov, V.I.: ‘Quantization of control systems’, Soviet Math. Dokl 13, no. 6 (1972), 1668–1672. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 207, no. 5 (1972), 1048-1050)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  282. Kufarev, P.P.: ‘On one-parameter families of analytic functions’, Mat. Sb. 13, no. 1 (1943), 87–118 (in Russian). English abstract.

    Google Scholar 

  283. Düren, P.L.: Univalent functions, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  284. Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘Foundations of the theory of λ-zones of stability of a canonical system of linear differential equations with periodic coefficients’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 120 (1983), 1–70. (In memoriam: A.A. Andronov (1955), 413-498)

    Google Scholar 

  285. Yakubovich, V.A.: ‘On the dynamic stability of elastic systems’, Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 121, no. 4 (1958), 602–605 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  286. Yakubovich, V.A.: ‘Regions of dynamic instability of Hamil-tonian systems’, Metody Vychisl 3 (1966), 51–69 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  287. Yakubovich, V.A. and Starzhinskii, V.M.: Linear differential equations with periodic coefficients, 1-2, Wiley, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  288. Malkin, I.G.: Some problems in the theory of non-linear oscillations, Moscow, 1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  289. Starzhinskii, V.M.: Inzh. Zh. Mekh. Tverd Tela 3 (1967), 174–180.

    Google Scholar 

  290. Fimin, V.N.: Mathematical theory of parameter resonance in linear distributed systems, Leningrad, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  291. Schmidt, G.: Parametererregte Schwingungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  292. Yakubovich, V.A. and Starzhinskii, V.M.: Parameter resonance in linear systems, Moscow, 1987 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  293. Arnold, V.I. and Avez, A.: Problèmes ergodiques de la mécanique classique, Gauthier-Villars, 1967, § 20.5; Append. 29 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  294. Bers, L., John, F. and Schechter, M.: Partial differential equations, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  295. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  296. Hörmander, L.: Pseudo-differential operators, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  297. Levi, E.E.:’ sulle equazioni lineari alle derivate parziali totalmente ellittiche’, Rend. R. Acc. Lincei, Classe Sci. (V) 16 (1907).

    Google Scholar 

  298. Levi, E.E.: ‘Sulle equazioni lineari totalmente ellittiche alle derivate parziali’, Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 24 (1907), 275–317.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  299. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  300. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 1-4, Springer, 1983–1985, Chapts. 7; 18.

    Google Scholar 

  301. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  302. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics: continuous univariate distributions, Houghton Mifflin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  303. Davis, H.T.: Elements of statistics with application to economic data, Amer. Math. Soc, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  304. Steklov, V.A.: ‘Sur certaines égalités générales communes à plusieurs séries de fonctions souvent employées dans l’analyse’, Zap. Nauchn. Fiz.-Mat. Obshch. Ser. 8 157 (1904), 1–32.

    Google Scholar 

  305. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 2, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  306. Il’in, V.A. and Poznyak, E.G.: Fundamentals of mathematical analysis, 2, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  307. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  308. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  309. Kirillov, A.A. and Gvishiani, A.D.: Theorems and problems in functional analysis, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  310. Hewitt, E. and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  311. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  312. Kendall, M.G. and Stuart, A.: The advanced theory of statistics, 2. Inference and relationship, Griffin, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  313. Muirhead, R.J.: Aspects of multivariate statistical theory, Wiley, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  314. Kuranishi, M.: ‘On E. Cartan’s prolongation theorem of exterior differential systems’, Amer. J. Math. 79 (1957), 1–47.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  315. Kuranishi, M.: Lectures on involutive systems of partial differential equations, Soc. Mat. São Paulo, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  316. Singer, I.M. and Sternberg, S.: The infinite groups of Lie and Cartan I. The transitive groups’, J. d’Anal. Math. 15 (1965), 1–114.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  317. Matsuda, M.: ‘Cartan-Kuranishi’s prolongation of differential systems combined with that of Lagrange-Jacobi’, Publ. Math. RIMS 3 (1967), 69–84.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  318. Hirsch, M.W.: Differential topology, Springer, 1976, Sect. 2.4.

    Google Scholar 

  319. Bose, R.C.: ‘Strongly regular graphs, partial geometries and partially balanced designs’, Pacific J. Math. 13, no. 2 (1963), 389–419.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  320. Thas, J.A.: ‘Combinatorics of partial geometries and generalized quadrangles’, in M. Aigner (ed.): Higher Combinatorics, Reidel, 1977, pp. 183-199.

    Google Scholar 

  321. Thas, J.A.: ‘Construction of maximal arcs and partial geometries’, Geometrica Dedicata 3, no. 1 (1974), 61–64.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  322. Clerck, F. de, Dye, R.H. and Thas, J.A.: ‘An infinite class of partial geometries associated with the hyperbolic quadric in PG(4n-1, 2)’, Europ. J. Comb. 1 (1980), 323–326.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  323. Brouwer, A.E. and Lint, J.H. van: ‘Strongly regular graphs and partial geometries’, in D.M. Jackson and S.A. Vanstone (eds.): Enumeration and Design, Acad. Press, 1984, pp. 85-122.

    Google Scholar 

  324. Payne, S. and Thas, J.A.: Finite generalized quadrangles, Pitman, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  325. Brouwer, A.E., Cohen, A.M. and Neumaier, A.: Distance regular graphs, Springer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  326. Batten, L.M.: Combinatorics of finite geometries, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986, Chapt. 7.

    Google Scholar 

  327. Lint, J.H. van: ‘Partial geometries’, in Proc. internat. congress of mathematicians, Warsawa 1983, Vol. 2, PWN & North-Holland, 1984, pp. 1579-1590.

    Google Scholar 

  328. Parlett, B.: The symmetric eigenvalue problem, Prentice-Hall, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  329. Wilkinson,. J.H.: The algebraic eigenvalue problem, Oxford Univ. Press, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  330. Golub, G.H. and Loan, C.F. van: Matrix computations, Johns Hopkins Univ. Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  331. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  332. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ., 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  333. Fuchs, L.: Partially ordered algebraic systems, Pergamon, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  334. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ., 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  335. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Theory of sets, Addison-Wesley, 1968 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  336. Kurosh, A.G.: Lectures on general algebra, Chelsea, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  337. Rozen, V.V.: Partial operations on ordered sets, Saratov, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  338. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, A. Hilger, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  339. Shatunovskiĭ, S.O.: Zap. Novoross. Obshch. Estestvoispytateleĭ 26 (1904), 21–25.

    Google Scholar 

  340. Shatunovskiĭ, S.O.: Proc. first All-Russian Congress of Mathematics Teachers, Vol. 1, 1913, pp. 276-281 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  341. Shatunovskiĭ, S.O.: Introduction to analysis, Odessa, 1923 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  342. Cantor, G.: ‘lieber unendliche Punktmannigfaltigkeiten, V, Math. Ann. 21 (1883), 545–591.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  343. Cantor, G.: ‘Beiträge zur Begründung der transfiniten Mengenlehre, I’, Math. Ann. 46 (1895), 481–512.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  344. Hausdorff, F.: Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig, 1914. Reprinted (incomplete) English translation: Set theory, Chelsea (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  345. Moore, E.H. and Smith, H.L.: ‘A general theory of limits’, Amer. J. Math. 44 (1922), 102–121. See also the [6]-[9] to Lattice.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  346. Aigner, M.: Combinatorial theory, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  347. Dilworth, R.P.: ‘A decomposition theorem for partially ordered sets’, Ann. Math. (2) 51 (1950), 161–166.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  348. Robertson, N. and Seymour, P.: ‘Graph minors — a survey’, in Surveys in Combinatorics 1985, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, pp. 153-171.

    Google Scholar 

  349. Rota, G.C.: ‘On the foundations of combinatorial theory. I: Theory of Möbius functions’, Z Wahrsch. 2 (1964), 340–368.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  350. Todorčević, S.: ‘Directed nets and cofinal types’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 290 (1985), 711–723.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  351. Grätzer, G.: General lattice theory, Birkhäuser, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  352. Belotserkovskiĭ, O.M. and Davydov, Yu. M.: The method of large particles in gas dynamics. Numerical experiments, Moscow, 1982 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  353. D’yachenko, V.F.: ‘A new method for the numerical solution of nonstationary problems of gas dynamics with two spatial variables’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 5, no. 4 (1965), 133–143. (Zh. Vychish. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 5, no. 4 (1965), 680-688)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  354. Evans, M.W. and Harlow, F.H.: The particle-in-cell method for hydrodynamical calculations, Los Alamos, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  355. Gentry, R.A., Martin, R.E. and Daly, B.J.: Comput. Phys. 1, no. 1 (1966), 87–118.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  356. The MAC-method, Los Alamos, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  357. Amsden, A.A. and Harlow, F.H.: The S MAC-method: a numerical technique for calculating incompressible fluid flows, Los Alamos, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  358. Berezin, Yu.A. and Vshivkov, V.A.: The particle method in the dynamics of dispersing plasms, Novosibirsk, 1980 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  359. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  360. Apostol, T.M.: Modular functions and Dirichtet series in number theory, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  361. Andrews, G.E.: The theory of partitions, Addison-Wesley, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  362. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  363. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1, Wiley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  364. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics: discrete distributions, Houghton Mifflin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  365. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Springer, 1913.

    Google Scholar 

  366. Bieberbach, L.: Einleitung in die höhere Geometrie, Teubner, 1933.

    Google Scholar 

  367. Skornyakov, L.A.: ‘Protective planes’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (1) 1 (1953), 51–107. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 6, no. 6 (1951), 112-154)

    Google Scholar 

  368. Dembowski, P.: Finite geometries, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  369. Reidemeister, K.: Vorlesungen über Grundlagen der Geometrie, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  370. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  371. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969, pp. 231-239.

    Google Scholar 

  372. Savelov, A.A.: Plane curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  373. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  374. Gomes Teixeira, F.: Traité des courbes, 1-3, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  375. Lawrence, J.D.: A catalog of special plane curves, Dover, 1972, pp. 113-118.

    Google Scholar 

  376. Glagolev, N.A.: Protective geometry, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  377. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  378. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Teubner, reprint, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  379. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  380. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Projective geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1987, pp. 85-90; 145-146.

    Google Scholar 

  381. Salmon, G.: A treatise on conic sections, Longman, 1879, p. 267.

    Google Scholar 

  382. Uspenskiĭ, V.A.: Pascal’s triangle, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  383. The history of mathematics from Antiquity to the 19-th century, Vol. 2, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  384. Boyer, Ch.: A history of mathematics, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  385. Kline, M.: Mathematical thought from ancient to modern times, Oxford Univ. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  386. Pasch, M.: Vorlesungen über neuere Geometrie, Springer, reprint, 1926.

    Google Scholar 

  387. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Teubner, reprint, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  388. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969, p. 178.

    Google Scholar 

  389. Hilton, P.J. and Wylie, S.: Homology theory. An introduction to algebraic topology, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  390. Spanier, E.H.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  391. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  392. Gray, B.: Homotopy theory, Acad. Press, 1975, p. 15ff, 130.

    Google Scholar 

  393. Spanier, E.H.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966, p. 75ff, 99ff.

    Google Scholar 

  394. Zhuravlev, Yu. I.: ‘An algebraic approach to the solution of pattern recognition and identification problems’, Probl. Kibernet. 33 (1978), 5–68; 232 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  395. Aĭzerman, M.A., Braverman, E.M. and Rozonoer, L.I.: The method of potential functions in the theory of computer learning, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  396. Vapnik, V.N. and Chervonenkis, A.Ya.: The theory of pattern recognition, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  397. Fu, K.S.: Sequential methods in pattern recognition and learning, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  398. Boyer, R.S. and Moore, J.S.: ‘A fast string searching algorithm’, Comm. Assoc. Comput. Mach. 20 (1977), 762–772.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  399. Knuth, D.E., Morris, J.H. and Pratt, V.R.: ‘Fast pattern matching in strings’, SIAM J. Comput. 6 (1977), 240–267.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  400. Angluin, D. and Smith, C.: ‘Inductive inference: theory and methods’, Computing Surveys 15 (1983), 237–269.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  401. Gold, E.M.: ‘Language identification in the limit’, Inform. and Control 10 (1967), 447–474.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  402. Valiant, L.G.: ‘A theory of the learnable’, Comm. Assoc. Comput. Mach. 27 (1984), 1134–1142.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  403. Andrews, H.L.: Introduction to mathematical techniques in pattern recognition, Wiley-Interscience, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  404. Duda, O. and Hart, P.E.: Pattern classification and scene analysis, Wiley, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  405. Fu, K.S. and Kak, A.C.: Syntactic methods in pattern rcognition, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  406. Grenander, U.: Lectures in pattern theory, 1-3, Springer, 1976–1979.

    Google Scholar 

  407. Sklansky, J.: Pattern recognition: introduction and foundations, Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  408. Tou, J.T. and Gonzales, R.C.: Pattern recognition principles, Addison-Wesley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  409. Tsypkin, Ya.Z.: Foundations of the theory of learning systems, Acad. Press, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  410. Ullmann, J.R.: Pattern recognition techniques, Crane, Russak & Co. 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  411. Pauli, W.: Works on quantum theory, Vol. 1–2, Moscow, 1975-1977 (in Russian; translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  412. Nelina, N.F.: Physics of elementary particles, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  413. Bril, D. and Wheeler, J.: The latest problems on gravitation, Moscow, 1961, pp. 381-427 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  414. Pauli, W.: ‘Zur Quantenmechanik des magnetischen Elektrons’, Z Phys. 43, no. 601.

    Google Scholar 

  415. Pauli, W. (eds.): Handbuch der Physik, 24, Springer, 1933.

    Google Scholar 

  416. Wald, R.M.: General relativity, Chicago Press, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  417. Choquet-Bruhat, Y. and Witt-Morette, C. De: Analysis, manifolds and physics, North-Holland, 1982 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  418. Rao, M.M.: Measure theory and integration, Wiley (Interscience), 1987, Chapt. 7.

    Google Scholar 

  419. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  420. Kennedy, H.C.: Peano. Life and works of Giuseppe Peano, Reidel, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  421. Kennedy, H.C.: Selected works of Giuseppe Peano, Allen & Unwin, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  422. Landau, E.: Grundlagen der Analysis, Akad. Verlagsgesellschaft, 1930.

    Google Scholar 

  423. Peano, G.: ‘Sur une courbe, qui remplit toute une aire plane’, Math. Ann. 36 (1890), 157–160.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  424. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Introduction to set theory and general topology, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  425. Luzin, N.N.: Theory of functions of a real variable, Moscow, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  426. Kuratowski, K.: Topology, 2, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  427. Enos, H.: ‘Coarse uniformities on the rationals’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1972), 623–626.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  428. Isbell, J.: ‘d-final continua’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 104 (1988), 953–964.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  429. Ward, L.E.: ‘An irreducible Hahn—Mazurkiewicz theorem’, Houston J. Math. 3 (1977), 285–290.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  430. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  431. Aleksandrov, V.V. and Gorskiĭ, N.D.: Representation and processing of images, Kluwer, To appear (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  432. Quinqueton, J. and Berthod, M.: ‘A locally adaptive Peano scanning alogorithm’, IEEE Trans. PAMI 3 (1981), 403–412.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  433. Nguyen, P.T. and Quinqueton, J.:’ space-filling curves and texture analysis’, in Proc. 6th Internat. Conf. Pattern Recogn., 1982, pp. 282-285.

    Google Scholar 

  434. Butz, A.R.: ‘Space-filling curves and mathematical programming’, Inform. and Control 12 (1968), 314–330.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  435. Peano, G.: ‘Démonstration de l’intégrabilité des équations différentielles ordinaires’, Math. Ann. 37 (1890), 182–228.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  436. Petrovskiĭ, I.G.: Ordinary differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  437. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  438. Elderton, W.P.: Frequency curves and correlation, Harren, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  439. Stuart, A. and Ord, J.K.: Kendall’s advanced theory of statistics, Griffin, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  440. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  441. Bol’shev, L.N.: ‘Asymptotically Pearson transformations’, Theory Probab. Appl. 8, no. 2 (1963), 121–146. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 8, no. 2 (1963), 129-155)

    Google Scholar 

  442. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics, 1. Continuous univariate distributions, Wiley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  443. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  444. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques du calcul infinitesimal, 1-4, Gauthier-Villars 1887.

    Google Scholar 

  445. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1950, p. 139.

    Google Scholar 

  446. Peirce, B.: ‘Linear associative algebra’, Amer. J. Math. 4 (1881), 97–229.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  447. Rowen, L.: Ring theory, I, Acad. Press, 1988, p. 36.

    Google Scholar 

  448. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc, 1956, p. 48, 50.

    Google Scholar 

  449. McConnell, J.C. and Robson, J.C.: Noncommutative Noetherian rings, Wiley, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  450. Walfisz, A.Z.: Pell’s equation, Tbilisi, 1952 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  451. Gel’fond, A.D.: The solution of equations in integers, Noordhoff, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  452. LeVeque, W.J.: Topics in number theory, Addison-Wesley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  453. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Clarendon Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  454. Moiseev, N.N., Ivanilov, Yu.P. and Stolyarova, E.M.: Methods of optimization, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  455. Vasil’ev, F.P.: Numerical methods for the solution of extremum problems, Moscow, 1980 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  456. Fiacco, A.V. and MacCormick, G.P.: Nonlinear programming: Sequential unconstrained minimization techniques, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  457. Cea, J.: Lectures on optimization: theory and algorithms, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  458. Fletcher, R.: Practical methods of optimization, Wiley, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  459. Luenberger, D.C.: Optimization by vector space methods, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  460. Peressini, A.L., Sullivan, F.E. and Uhl, J.J.: The mathematics of nonlinear programming, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  461. Arnol’d, V.I.: Ordinary differential equations, M.I.T., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  462. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen: Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  463. Andronov, A.A., Vitt, A.A. and Khaĭkin, S.E.: Theory of oscillators, Dover, reprint, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  464. Hale, J.K.: Ordinary differential equations, Wiley (Interscience), 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  465. Guckenheimer, J. and Holmes, P.: Nonlinear oscillations, dynamical systems, and bifurcation of vectorfields, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  466. Wiggins, S.: Global bifurcations and chaos, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  467. Sanders, J.A. and Verhulst, F.: Averaging methods in nonlinear dynamical systems, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  468. Arnold, V.I. and Avez, A.: Problèmes ergodiques de la mécanique classique, Gauthiers-Villars, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  469. Klein, F.: Vorlesungen über höhere Geometrie, Springer, 1926.

    Google Scholar 

  470. Bushmanova, G.V. and Norden, A.P.: Elements of conformai geometry, Kazan’, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  471. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  472. Coolidge, J.A.: Treatise on the circle and the sphere, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  473. Dubois, Ph.H.: An introduction to psychological statistics, Harper & Row, 1965, p. 412ff.

    Google Scholar 

  474. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984, p. 232ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  475. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algèbre, Masson, 1981, Chapts. 4-5.

    Google Scholar 

  476. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  477. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  478. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. General topology, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  479. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  480. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  481. Marczewski, E.: ‘On compact measures’, Fund. Math. 40 (1953), 113–124.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  482. Ryll-Nardzewski, C.: ‘On quasi-compact measures’, Fund. Math. 40 (1953), 125–130.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  483. Sazonov, V.V.: ‘On perfect measures’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 48 (1965), 229–254. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 26 (1962), 391-414)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  484. Ramachandran, D.: Perfect measures, 1-2, MacMillan, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  485. Yen, Kia-An: ‘Forme mesurable de la théorie des ensembles sousliniens, applications à la théorie de la mesure’, Scientia Sinica XVIII (1975), 444–463.

    Google Scholar 

  486. Dickson, L.E.: History of the theory of numbers, 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  487. Nankar, M.L.: ‘History of perfect numbers’, Ganita Bharati 1, no. 1-2 (1979), 7–8.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  488. Slowinski, D.: ‘Searching for the 27th Mersenne prime’, J. Recreational Math. 11 (1979), 258–261.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  489. Hagis, P.: ‘A lower bound for the set of odd perfect prime numbers’, Math. Comp. 27 (1973), 951–953.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  490. Riele, H.J.J.: ‘Perfect numbers and aliquot sequences’, in H.W. Lenstra and R. Tijdeman (eds.): Computational Methods in Number Theory, Vol. 154, CWI, Amsterdam, 1982, pp. 141-157.

    Google Scholar 

  491. Riesel, H.: Prime numbers and computer methods for factorisation, Birkhäuser, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  492. Kasch, F.: Modules and rings, Acad. Press, 1982 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  493. Faith, C.: Algebra, 1-2, Springer, 1973-1979.

    Google Scholar 

  494. Markov, V.T., Mikhalev, A.V., Skornyakov, L.A. and Tuganbaev, A.A.: ‘Modules’, J. Soviet Math. 23, no. 6 (10983), 2642–2706. (Itogi Nauk. Algebra. Topol. Geom. 19 (1981), 31-134)

    Google Scholar 

  495. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984, p. 62, 1442ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  496. Caccoppoli, R.: ‘Misura e integrazione sugli insiemi dimensionalmente orientati I’, Rend. Accad. Naz. Lincei Ser. 8 12, no. 1 (1952), 3–11.

    Google Scholar 

  497. Caccoppoli, R.: ‘Misura e integrazione sugli insiemi dimen-sionalmente orientati II’, Rend. Accad. Naz. Lincei Ser. 8 12, no. 2(1952), 137–146.

    Google Scholar 

  498. Giorgi, E. de: ‘Sulla proprietà isoperimetrica dell’ipersfera, nella classe degli insiemi aventi frontiera orientata di misura finita’, Rend. Accad. Naz. Lincei Ser. 1 5, no. 2 (1958), 33–34.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  499. Giusti, E.: Minimal surfaces and functions of bounded variation, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  500. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  501. Burago, Yu.D. and Zalgaller, V.A.: Geometric inequalities, Springer, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  502. Federer, H.: Geometric measure theory, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  503. Griffiths, P.A.: ‘Periods of integrals on algebraic manifolds I’, Amer. J. of Math. 90 (1968), 568–625.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  504. Griffiths, P.A.: ‘Periods of integrals on algebraic manifolds II’, Amer. J. of Math. 90 (1968), 805–865.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  505. Griffiths, P.A.: ‘Periods of integrals on algebraic manifolds III’, Publ. Math. IHES 38 (1970), 125–180.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  506. Griffiths, P.A.: ‘A transcendental method in algebraic geometry’, in Actes du congrès international des mathématiciens Nice, 1970, Vol. 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1971, pp. 113-119.

    Google Scholar 

  507. Deligne, P.: ‘Travaux de Griffiths’, in Sém. Bourbaki Exp. 376, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 180, Springer, 1971, pp. 213-235.

    Google Scholar 

  508. Schmid, W.: ‘Variation of Hodge structure: the singularities of the period mapping’, Invent. Math. 22 (1973), 211–319.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  509. Cattani, E.H. and Kaplan, A.G.: ‘Existence of period mappings for Hodge structures of weight two’, Duke Math. J. 4, no. 1 (1977), 1–43.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  510. Dubrovin, B.A.: ‘Theta-functions and non-linear equations’, Russian Math. Surveys 36, no. 2 (1981), 11–92. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 36, no. 2(1981), 11-80)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  511. Kulikov, V.A.: Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 32, no. 4 (1977), 257–258.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  512. Mumford, D.: Matematika 17, no. 4 (1973), 34–43.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  513. Baily, W. and Borel, A.: ‘Compactification of arithmetic quotients of bounded symmetric domains’, Ann. of Math. 84 (1966), 442–528.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  514. Cattani, E. and Kaplan, A.: ‘Polarized mixed Hodge structures and the local monodromy of a variation of Hodge structure’, Invent. Math. 67 (1982), 101–115.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  515. Loouenga, E.: ‘A period mapping for certain semi-universal deformations’, Compos. Math. 30 (1975), 299–316.

    Google Scholar 

  516. Varchenko, A.N.: ‘Mapping of periods and intersection form’, Funct. Anal. Appl. 16, no. 2 (1982), 83–93. (Funkts. Anal. Prilozhen. 16, no. 2 (1982), 7-20)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  517. Peters, C. and Steenbrink, J.: ‘Infinitesimal variations of Hodge structures’, in K. Ueno (ed.): Classical Algebraic and Analytic Manifolds, Birkhäuser, 1984, pp. 399-463.

    Google Scholar 

  518. Griffiths, P.: ‘Variation of Hodge structures’, in P. Griffiths (ed.): Topics in Transcendental Algebraic Geometry, Princeton Univ. Press, 1984, pp. 3-28.

    Google Scholar 

  519. Griffiths, P. and Schmid, W.: ‘Recent developments in Hodge theory’, in Discrete Subgroups of Lie Groups and Applications to Moduli, Oxford Univ. Press, 1975, pp. 31-128.

    Google Scholar 

  520. Cornalba, M. and Griffiths, P.:’ some transcendental aspects of algebraic geometry’, in R. Hartshorne (ed.): Algebraic Geometry (Arcata 1974), Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 29, Amer. Math. Soc.,’ 1975, pp. 3-110.

    Google Scholar 

  521. Carlson, J., N. Green, Griffiths, P. and Harris, J.: ‘Infinitesimal variations of Hodge structure I’, Compos. Math. 50 (1983), 109–205.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  522. Donagi, R.: ‘Generic Torelli for hypersurfaces’, Compos. Math. 50 (1983), 325–353.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  523. Green, M.: ‘The period maps for hypersurface sections of high degree of an algebraic variety’, Compos. Math. 55 (1984), 135–156.

    Google Scholar 

  524. Cox, D.A.: ‘Generic Torelli and infinitesimal variation of Hodge structure’, in S.J. Bloch (ed.): Algebraic Geometry (Bowdoin 1985), Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 46, Amer. Math. Soc., 1987, pp. 235-246.

    Google Scholar 

  525. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 2, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  526. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  527. Hall, P.: The theory of groups, MacMillan, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  528. Robinson, D.J.S.: Finiteness conditions and generalized soluble groups, I, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  529. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  530. Conley, C. and Zehnder, E.: ‘Morse type index theory for flows and periodic solutions for Hamiltonian equations’, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 37 (1984), 207–253.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  531. Lloyd, N.G.: ‘Limit cycles of polynomial systems-some recent developments’, in T. Bedford and J. Swift (eds.): New directions in dynamical systems, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988, pp. 192-234.

    Google Scholar 

  532. Markus, L.: Lectures in differentiable dynamics, Amer. Math. Soc, 1980, Appendix II.

    Google Scholar 

  533. Neumann, D.A.: ‘Existence of periodic orbits on 2-manifolds’, J. Differential Eq. 27 (1987), 313–319.

    Google Scholar 

  534. Rabinowitz, P.H., Ambrosetti, A., Ekeland, I. and Zehnder, E.J. (eds.): Periodic solutions of Hamiltonian systems and related topics, Proc. NATO Adv. Res. Workshop, 1986, Reidel, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  535. Sacker, R.J. and Sell, G.R.: ‘On the existence of periodic solutions on 2-manifolds’, J. Differential Eq. 11 (1972), 449–463.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  536. Clifford, A.H. and Preston, G.B.: The algebraic theory of semi-groups, 1, Amer. Math. Soc, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  537. Lyapin, E.S.: Semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  538. Prosvirov, A.S.: ‘Periodic semigroups’, Mat. Zap. Uralsk. Univ. 8, no. 1 (1971), 77–94 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  539. Shevrin, L.N.: ‘On the theory of periodic semigroups’, Soviet Math. Izv. Vyz. 18, no. 5 (1974), 172–181. (Izv. Vyzov. Mat. 18, no. 5 (1974), 205-215)

    Google Scholar 

  540. Putcha, M.: ‘Semilattice decompositions of semigroups’, Semigroup Forum 6, no. 1 (1973), 12–34.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  541. Schwarz, S.: ‘Contribution to the theory of torsion semigroups’, Chekhoslov. Mat. Zh. 3 (1953), 7–21 (in Russian). English abstract.

    Google Scholar 

  542. Verhulst, F.: Nonlinear differential equations and dynamical systems, Springer, 1990.

    Google Scholar 

  543. Winfree, A.T.: The geometry of biological time, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  544. Hale, J.K.: Differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  545. Brillinger, D.: Time series: data analysis and theory, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  546. Hannan, E.J.: Multiple time series, Wiley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  547. Freudenthal, H.: ‘Neuaufbau der Endentheorie’, Ann. of Math. 43 (1942), 261–279.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  548. Freudenthal, H.: ‘Kompaktisierungen und Bikompaktisierungen’, Indag. Math. 13, no. 2 (1951), 184–192.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  549. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘Bicompact extensions of semibicompact spaces’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 120, no. 6 (1958), 1200–1203 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  550. Arkhangel’skiĭ,A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  551. Isbell, J.R.: Uniform spaces, Amer. Math. Soc, 1964, Chapt. 7.

    Google Scholar 

  552. Ryser, H.J.: Combinatorial mathematics, Wiley & Math. Assoc. Amer., 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  553. Sachkov, V.N.: Combinatorial methods in discrete mathematics, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  554. Minc, H.: Permanents, Addison-Wesley, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  555. Egorichev, G.P.: The solution of van der Waerden’s problem on permanents, Krasnoyarsk, 1980 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  556. Falikman, D.I.: ‘Proof of the van der Waerden conjecture regarding the permanent of a doubly stochastic matrix’, Math. Notes 29, no. 6 (1981), 475–479. (Mat. Zametki 29, no. 6 (1981), 931-938)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  557. Knuth, D.E.: ‘A permanent inequality’, Amer. Math. Monthly 88 (1981), 731–740.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  558. Lagarias, J.C.: The van der Waerden conjecture: two Soviet solutions’, Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 29, no. 2 (1982), 130–133.

    Google Scholar 

  559. Lint, J.H. van: ‘Notes on Egoritsjev’s proof of the van der Waerden conjecture’, Linear Algebra Appl. 39 (1981), 1–8.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  560. Egorychev, G.P. [G.P. Egorichev]: The solution of van der Waerden’s problem for permanents’, Adv. in Math. 42 (1981), 299–305.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  561. Lint, J.H. van: The van der Waerden conjecture: Two proofs in one year’, Math. Intelligencer 4 (1982), 72–77.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  562. Wilson, R.M.: ‘Non-isomorphic triple systems’, Math. Zeitschr. 135 (1974), 303–313.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  563. Schrijver, A.: ‘A short proof of Minc’s conjecture’, J. Comb. Theory (A) 25 (1978), 80–83.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  564. Minc, H.: Nonnegative matrices, Wiley, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  565. Sachkov, V.N.: Combinatorial methods in discrete mathematics, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  566. Riordan, J.: An introduction to combinatorial analysis, Wiley, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  567. Passman, D.: Permutation groups, Benjamin, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  568. Wielandt, H.: Finite permutation groups, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  569. Burnside, W.: Theory of groups of finite order, Dover, reprint, 1955 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  570. Kaluzhnin, L.A. and Sushchanskiĭ, V.I.: Transformations and permutations, Moscow, 1979 (in Ukrainian).

    Google Scholar 

  571. Hall, M.: The theory of groups, Macmillan, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  572. Kaluzhnin, L.A., Klin, M.Kh. and Sushchanskiĭ, V.I.:’ Exponentiation of permutation groups I’, Izv. Vyssch. Uchebn. Zaved. Mat., no. 8 (1979), 26-33 (in Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  573. Jordan, G: Traité des substitutions et des équations algébriques, Paris, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  574. Kostrikin, A.I.: Introduction to algebra, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  575. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  576. Hall, M.: The theory of groups, Macmillan, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  577. Berezin, F. A.: The method of second quantization, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  578. Gårding, L. and Wightman, A.: ‘Representations of the anticommutation relations’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 40, no. 7 (1954), 617–621.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  579. Garding, L. and Wightman, A.: ‘Representations of the commutation relations’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 40, no. 7 (1954), 622–626.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  580. Bogolyubov, N.N., Logunov, A.A., Oksak, A.I. and Todorov, I.T.: General principles of quantum field theory, Kluwer, 1990, p. 265ff; 295 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  581. Emch, G.G.: Algebraic methods in statistical mechanics and quantum field theory, Wiley (Interscience), 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  582. Horuzhy, S.S. [S.S. Khorozhiĭ]: Introduction to algebraic quantum field theory, Kluwer, 1990, p. 256ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  583. Zavialov, O.I.: Renormalized quantum field theory, Kluwer, 1990, p. 3ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  584. Hàjek, J. and Sidák, Z.: Theory of rank tests, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  585. Lehmann, E.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  586. Zabreyko, P.P. [P.P. Zabreiko], et al.: Integral equations-a reference text, Noordhoof, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  587. Perron, O.: ‘Zur Theorie der Matrizen’, Math. Ann. 64 (1907), 248–263.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  588. Frobenius, G.: ‘Ueber Matrizen aus nicht negativen Elementen’, Sitzungsber. Königl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. (1912), 456-477.

    Google Scholar 

  589. Gantmakher, F.R.: The theory of matrices, Chelsea, reprint, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  590. Seneta, E.: Nonnegative matrices, Allen & Unwin, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  591. Lancaster, K.: Mathematical economics, MacMillan, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  592. Perron, O.: ‘Ueber den Integralbegriff’, Sitzungsber. Heidelberg. Akad. Wiss. VA (1914), 1-16.

    Google Scholar 

  593. Bauer, H.: ‘Der Perronsche Integralbegriff und seine Beziehung auf Lebesguesschen’, Monatsh. Math. Phys. 26 (1915), 153–198.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  594. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  595. Vinogradova, I.A. and Skvortsov, V.A.: ‘Generalized integrals and Fourier series’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1970 (1971), 67-107 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  596. Perron, O.: ‘Eine neue Behandlung der ersten Randwertaufgabe für Δu=0’, Math. Z 18 (1923), 42–54.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  597. Petrovskiĭ, I.G.: ‘Perron’s method for the solution of the Dirichlet problem’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8 (1941), 107–114 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  598. Wiener, N.: ‘Certain notions in potential theory’, J. Math. Phys. 3 (1924), 24–51.

    Google Scholar 

  599. Wiener, N.: ‘The Dirichlet problem’, J. Math. Phys. 3 (1924), 127–146.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  600. Wiener, N.: ‘Note on paper of O. Perron’, J. Math. Phys. 4 (1925), 21–32.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  601. Keldysh, M.V.: ‘On the solvability and stability of the Dirichlet problem’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8 (1941), 171–231 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  602. Brélot, M.: Eléments de la théorie classique du potentiel, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  603. Brelot, M.: ‘Familles de Perron et problème de Dirichlet’, Acta Sci. Math. (Szeged) 9 (1938–1940), 133–153.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  604. Lebesgue, H.: ‘Sur des cas d’impossibilité du problème de Dirichlet ordinaire’, C.R. Séances Soc. Math. France 41 (1913), 17.

    Google Scholar 

  605. Lebesgue, H.: ‘Conditions de régularité, conditions d’irrégularité, conditions d’impossibilité dans le problème de Dirichlet’, C.R. Acad. Sci. 178 (1924), 349–354.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  606. Netuka, I.: The Dirichlet problem for harmonie functions’, Amer. Math. Monthly 87 (1980), 621–628.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  607. Zaremba, S.: ‘Sur le principe de Dirichlet’, Acta Math. 34 (1911), 293–316.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  608. Ward, A.J.: ‘The Perron-Stieltjes integral’, Math. Z. 41 (1936), 578–604.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  609. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  610. Vinogradova, I.A. and Skvortsov, V.A.: ‘Generalized integrals and Fourier series’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1970 (1971), 65-107 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  611. Perron, O.: ‘Ueber eine Matrixtransformation’, Math. Z. 32 (1930), 465–473.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  612. Diliberto, S.P.: ‘On systems of ordinary differential equations’, in S. Lefschetz, et al. (ed.): Contributions to the theory of nonlinear oscillations, Ann. Math. Studies, Vol. 20, Princeton Univ. Press, 1950, pp. 1-38.

    Google Scholar 

  613. Bylov, B.F., Vinograd, R.E., Grobman, D.M. and Nemytskiĭ, V.V.: The theory of Lyapunov exponents and its application to questions of stability, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  614. Izobov, N.A.: ‘Linear systems of ordinary differential equations’, J. Soviet Math. 5, no. 1 (1976), 45–96. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 12 (1974), 71-146)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  615. Savelov, A.A.: Plane curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  616. Gomez Teixeira, F.: Traité des courbes, 1-3, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  617. Fladt, K.: Analytische Geometrie spezieller ebener Kurven, Akad. Verlagsgesellschaft, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  618. Artin, H.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  619. Glagolev, N.A.: Projective geometry, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  620. Berger, M.: Geometry, I, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  621. Busemann, H. and Kelly, P.: Projective geometry and projective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  622. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  623. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Projective geometry, Blaisdell, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  624. Coxeter, H.S.M.: The real projective plane, McGraw-Hill, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  625. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  626. Bylov, B.F., Vinograd, R.E., Grobman, D.M. and Nemytskiĭ, V.V.: The theory of the Lyapunov exponent and its application to questions of stability, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  627. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  628. Roseau, M.: Vibrations non linéaires et théorie de la stabilité, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  629. Verhulst, F.: Nonlinear differential equations and dynamical systems, Springer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  630. Poincaré, H.: Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, 1-3, Gauthier-Villars, 1892–1899.

    Google Scholar 

  631. Poincaré, H.: Oeuvres de Henri Poincaré, Vol. 1-3, Gauthier-Villars, 1916–1965.

    Google Scholar 

  632. Charlier, C.: Die Mechanik des Himmels, 1-3, de Guyter, 1927.

    Google Scholar 

  633. Birkhoff, G.D.: Dynamical systems, Amer. Math. Soc, 1927.

    Google Scholar 

  634. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘On dynamic systems with an integral invariant on a torus’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 93, no. 5 (1953), 763–766 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  635. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  636. Moser, J.K.: Lectures on Hamiltonian systems, Amer. Math. Soc, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  637. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Krylov, N.M.: Méthodes approchées de la mécanique non-linéaire dans leur application à l’étude de la perturbation des mouvements périodiques et de divers phénomènes de résonance s’y rapportant, Acad. Sci. Ukraine, 1935.

    Google Scholar 

  638. Bogoliuboff, N.N. [N.N. Bogolyubov] and Kryloff, N.M. [N.M. Krylov]: Introduction to non-linear mechanics, Kraus, 1970 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  639. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Mitropol’skiĭ, Yu.A.: Asymptotic methods in the theory of non-linear oscillations, Hindushtan Publ. Comp., Delhi, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  640. Moiseev, N.N.: Asymptotic methods of non-linear mechanics, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  641. Chelomei, V.N.: ‘On the possibility of increasing stability of elastic systems by vibrations’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 110, no. 3 (1956), 345–347 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  642. Bogoliubov, N.N. [N.N. Bogolyubov], Mitropoliskiĭ, Yu.A. [Yu.A. Mitropol’skiĭ] and Samolenko, A.M. [A.M. Samoĭlenko]: Methods of accelerated convergence in non-linear mechanics, Springer, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  643. Bogolyubov, N.N.: On some statistical methods in mathematical physics, Kiev, 1945 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  644. Dorodnitsyn, A.A.: ‘Asymptotic solution of the van der Pol equation’, Priklad. Mat. Mekh. 11 (1947), 313–328 (in Russian). English abstract.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  645. Tikhonov, A.N.: ‘On dependence of solutions of differential systems on a small parameter’, Mat. Sb. 22 (64), no. 2, 193-204 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  646. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Asymptotic behaviour of solutions of a system of differential equations with small parameter in front of the highest derivative’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 21 (1957), 605–626 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  647. Mishchenko, E.F.: ‘Asymptotic calculation of periodic solutions of systems of differential equations with a small parameter in front of the derivatives’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 21 (1957), 627–654 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  648. Blokhintsev:, D.I.: Grundlagen der Quantenmechanik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 953 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  649. Bogolyubov, N.N.: Lectures on quantum statistics, Gordon and Breach, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  650. Bogolyubov, N.N.: Selected works, 2, Kiev, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  651. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Shirkov, D.V.: Introduction to the theory of quantized fields, Interscience, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  652. Bogolyubov, N.N., Logunov, A.A. and Todorov, LT.: Introduction to axiomatic quantum field theory, Benjamin, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  653. Akhiezer, A.I. and Berestetskiĭ, V.B.: Quantenelektrodynamik, H. Deutsch Verlag, Frankfurt a.M, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  654. Maslov, V.P.: Théorie des perturbations et méthodes asympto-tiques, Dunod, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  655. Smith, D.R.: Singular perturbation theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  656. Eckhaus, W.: Matched asymptotic expansion and singular perturbations, North-Holland, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  657. O’Malley, R.E., Jr.: Introduction to singular perturbation, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  658. Wasow, W.: Linear turning point theory, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  659. Vasil’eva, A.B.: ‘Asymptotic behaviour of solutions to certain problems involving nonlinear differential equations containing a small parameter multiplying the highest derivatives’, Russian Math. Surveys 18, no. 3 (1963), 13–84. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 18, no. 3 (1963), 15-86)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  660. Verhulst, F.: Nonlinear differential equations and dynamical systems, Springer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  661. Sanders, J.A. and Verhulst, F.: Averaging methods in nonlinear dynamical systems, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  662. Grasman, J.: Asymptotic methods for relaxation oscillations and applications, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  663. Eckhaus, W.: Asymptotic analysis of singular perturbations, North-Holland, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  664. Arnol’d, V.I. and Avez, A.: Problèmes ergodiques de la mécanique classique, Gauthier-Villars, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  665. Bellman, R.: Perturbation techniques in mathematics, physics and engineering, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  666. Peter, F. and Weyl, H.: ‘Die Vollständigkeit der primitiven Darstellungen einer geschlossenen kontinuierlichen Gruppe’, Math. Ann. 97 (1927), 737–755.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  667. Peter, F. and Weyl, H.: ‘Die Vollständigkeit der primitiven Darstellungen einer geschlossenen kontinuierlichen Gruppe’, in Gesammelte Abh. H. Weyl, Vol. III, Springer, 1968, pp. 58-75.

    Google Scholar 

  668. Poctryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  669. Hewitt, E. and Ross, K.A.: Abstract harmonic analysis, 1-2, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  670. Chevalley, C.: Theory of Lie groups, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  671. Palais, R.S. and Stewart, T.E.: ‘The cohomology of differentiable transformation groups’, Amer. J. Math. 83, no. 4 (1961), 623–644.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  672. Mostow, G.D.: ‘Cohomology of topological groups and solvmanifolds’, Ann. of Math. 73, no. 1 (1961), 20–48.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  673. Barut, A.O. and Raczka, R.: Theory of group representations and applications, PWN, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  674. Wawrzynczyk, A.: Group representations and special functions, Reidel, 1984, Sect. 4.4.

    Google Scholar 

  675. Knapp, A.W.: Representation theory of semisimple groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1988, p. 17.

    Google Scholar 

  676. Rashevskiĭ, P.K.: A course of differential geometry, Moscow, 1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  677. Blaschke, W. and Leichtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  678. Hicks, N.J.: Notes on differential geometry, v. Nostrand, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  679. Guggenheimer, H.W.: Differential geometry, Dover, reprint, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  680. Peterson, K.M.: Mat. Sb. 1 (1866), 391–438.

    Google Scholar 

  681. Shulikovskiĭ, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  682. Finikov, S.P.: Bending and related geometrical problems, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  683. Shirokov, P.A. and Shirokov, A.P.: Affine differential-geometrie, Teubner, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  684. Peterson, J.L.: Petri net theory and the modelling of systems, Prentice Hall, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  685. Kotov, V.E.: Petri nets, Moscow, 1986 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  686. Starke, P.H.: Petri-Netze, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  687. Reissig, W.: Petri nets, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  688. Salomaa, A.: Computation and automata, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  689. Varshavsky, V.I. [V.I. Varshavskiĭ]: Self-timed control of concurrent processes, Kluwer, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  690. Pettis, B.J.: ‘On integration in vector spaces’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 44, no. 2 (1938), 277–304.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  691. Gel’fand, I.M.: ‘Sur un lemme de la théorie des espaces linéaires’, Zap. Naukovodosl. Inst. Mat. Mekh. Kharkov. Mat. Tov. 13, no. 1 (1936), 35–40.

    Google Scholar 

  692. Hildebrandt, T.: ‘Integration in abstract spaces’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (1953), 111–139.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  693. Hille, E. and Phillips, R.: Functional analysis and semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  694. Diestel, J. and Uhl, J.J., Jr.: Vector measures, Math. Surveys, 15, Amer. Math. Soc, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  695. Talagrand, M.: Pettis integral and measure theory, Memoirs, 307, Amer. Math. Soc, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  696. Bichteler, K.: Integration theory (with special attention to vector measures), Lecture notes in math., 315, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  697. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt.4;5;6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  698. Pfaff, J.F.: Berl. Abh. (1814–1815), 76-135.

    Google Scholar 

  699. Euler, L.: ‘Institutiones calculi differentialis’, in G. Kowalewski (ed.): Opera Omnia; series prima; opère mathematica, Vol. 10, Teubner, 1980,Chapt. IX (in Latin).

    Google Scholar 

  700. Petrovskiĭ, I.G.: Ordinary differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  701. Bogdanov, Yu.S.: Lectures on differential equations, Minsk, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  702. Cartan, E.: ‘Sur la théorie des systèmes en involution et ses applications à la relativité’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 59 (1931), 88–118.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  703. Rashevskiĭ, P.K.: Geometric theory of partial differential equations, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  704. Gérard, R. and Ramis, J.-R. (eds.): Equations différentielles et systèmes de Pfaff dans le champ complexe 1-2, Lecture notes in math., 712; 1015, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  705. Libermann, P. and Marle, C.-M.: Symplectic geometry and analytical mechanics, Reidel, 1987, Chapt. V (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  706. Libermann, P. and Marle, C.-M.: Symplectic geometry and analytical mechanics, Reidel, 1987, Chapt. V (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  707. Cartan, E.: ‘Sur la théorie des systèmes en involution et ses applications à la relativité’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 59 (1931), 88–118.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  708. Cartan, E.: Leçons sur les invariantes intégraux, Hermann, 1922.

    Google Scholar 

  709. Rashevskiĭ, P.K.: Geometric theory of partial differential equations, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  710. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  711. Griffiths, P.A.: Exterior differential systems and the calculus of variations, Birkhäuser, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  712. Libermann, P. and Marle, C.M.: Symplectic geometry and analytical mechanics, Reidel, 1987, Chapt. V, Appendix 3 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  713. Cartan, E.: Systèmes différentielles extérieurs et leur applications géométriques, Hermann, 1945.

    Google Scholar 

  714. Cartan, E.: ‘Sur l’intégration des systèmes d’équations aux différentielles totales’, Ann. Sci. Ec. Norm. Sup. 18 (1901), 241–311.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  715. Kahler, E.: Einführung in die Theorie der Systeme von Differentialgleichungen, Teubner, 1934.

    Google Scholar 

  716. Kuranishi, M.: Lectures on exterior differential systems, Tata Inst., 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  717. Dieudonné, J.: Eléments d’analyse, 4, Gauthier-Villars, 1977, Chapt. XVIII, Sect. 13.

    Google Scholar 

  718. Kubo, R.: Thermodynamics, North-Holland, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  719. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Statistical physics, 1, Pergamon, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  720. Fermi, E.: Thermodynamics, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  721. Hajek, O.: Dynamical systems in the plane, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  722. Hirsch, M.W. and Smale, S.: Differential equations, dynamical systems, and linear algebra, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  723. Butkovsky, A.G. [A.G. Butkovskiĭ]: Phase portraits of control dynamical systems, Kluwer, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  724. Libermann, P. and Marle, C.M.: Symplectic geometry and analytical mechanics, Reidel, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  725. Khinchin, A.I.: Mathematical foundations of statistical mechanics, Dover, reprint, 1949 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  726. Ruelle, D.: Statistical mechanics, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  727. Choquet-Bruhat, Y., Witt-Morette, C. de and Dillard-Bleick, M.: Analysis, manifolds and physics, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  728. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  729. Gantmacher, F. [F.R. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  730. Bhatia, N.P. and Szegö, G.P.: Stability theory of dynamical systems, Springer, 1970, p. 6, 14.

    Google Scholar 

  731. Butkovsku, A.G. [A.G. Butkovskiĭ]: Phase portraits of control dynamical systems, Kluwer, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  732. Hirsch, M.W. and Smale, S.: Differential equations, dynamical systems, and linear algebra, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  733. Anosov, D.V. and Arnold, V.I. (eds.): Dynamical systems, I, Springer, 1988, p. 159ff.

    Google Scholar 

  734. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Statistical physics, Pergamon, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  735. Sinai, Ya.G.: Theory of phase transitions, Pergamon, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  736. Frisch, H.L. and Lebowitz, J.L. (eds.): The equilibrium theory of classical fluids, Benjamin, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  737. Stanley, H.E.: Introduction to phase transitions and critical phenomena, Pergamon, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  738. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations,’ Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  739. Arnol’d, V.I.: Geometrical methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  740. Phragmén, H. and Lindelöf, H.: ‘Sur une extension d’un principe classique de l’analyse’, Acta Math. 31 (1908), 381–406.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  741. Titchmarsh, E.: The theory of functions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  742. Stoĭlov, S.: The theory of functions of a complex variable, 1-2, Moscow, 1962 (in Russian; translated from the Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  743. Evgrafov, M.A.: Analytic functions, Saunders, Philadelphia, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  744. Privalov, I.I.: Subharmonic functions, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  745. Solomentsev, E.D.: ‘Harmonic and subharmonic functions and their generalizations’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. Teor. Veryat-nost. Regulirovanie. 1962 (1964), 83-100 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  746. Evgrafov, M.A.: ‘Generalization of the Phragmén-Lindelöf theorems for analytic functions to solutions of various elliptic systems’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 27 (1963), 843–854 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  747. Landis, E.M.: Second-order equations of elliptic and parabolic type, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  748. Tikhonov, A.N.: ‘Uniqueness theorems for the heat equation’, Mat. Sb. 42 (1935), 199–216. (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  749. Cannon, J.R.: The one-dimensional heat equation, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  750. Ronkin, L.I.: Introduction to the theory of entire functions of several variables, Transl. Math. Mon., 44, Amer. Math. Soc, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  751. Procesi, C.: Rings with polynomial identities, M. Dekker, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  752. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  753. Herstein, I.: Noncommutative rings, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  754. Cohn, P.M.: Universal algebra, Reidel, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  755. Shirshov, A.I.: ‘On rings with identity relations’, Mat. Sb. 43 (85), no. 2 (1957), 277–283 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  756. Kostrikin, A.I.: ‘On Burnside’s problem’, Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 3, no. 1 (1959), 3–34 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  757. Higman, G.: ‘On a conjecture of Nagata’, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. (1) 52 (1956), 1–4.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  758. Higgins, P.J.: ‘Lie rings satisfying the Engel condition’, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. (1) 50 (1954), 8–15.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  759. Kemer, A.R.: ‘Solution of the problem as to whether associative algebras have a finite basis of identities’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 37 (1988), 60–64. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 298 (1988), 273-277)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  760. Rowen, L.H.: Polynomial identities in ring theory, Acad. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  761. Borwein, J.M. and Borwein, P.B.: Pi and the AGM, Interscience, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  762. Beckmann, P.: A history of pi, The Golem Press, Boulder (Co.), 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  763. Stewart, I.: Galois theory, Chapman & Hall, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  764. Mumford, D.: Lectures on curves on an algebraic surface, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  765. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  766. Artin, M.: ‘Algebraization of formal moduli I’ in Global Analysis. Papers in honor of K. Kodaira, Univ. Tokyo Press, 1969, pp. 21-77.

    Google Scholar 

  767. Chevalley, C.: ‘Sur la théorie de la variété de Picard’, Amer. J. Math. 82 (1960), 435–490.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  768. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Technique de déscente et théorèmes d’existence en géométrie algébrique. V. Les schémas de Picard. Théorèmes d’existence’, Sém. Bourbaki 14 (1962), 232/01-232/19.

    Google Scholar 

  769. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Eléments de géométrie algébrique. I Le langage des schémas’, Publ. Math. IHES, no. 4 (1960), 1-228.

    Google Scholar 

  770. Mumford, D.: Lectures on curves on an algebraic surface, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  771. Oort, F.: ‘Algebraic group schemes in character zero are reduced’, Invent. Math. 2, no. 1 (1966), 79–80.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  772. Dolgachev, I.V: ‘Abstract algebraic geometry’, J. Soviet Math. 2, no. 3 (1974), 264–303. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra. Topol. Geom. 10 (1972), 47-112)

    Google Scholar 

  773. Grothendieck, A.: Fondements de la géométrie algébrique, Secr. Math. Univ. Paris, 1961/62.

    Google Scholar 

  774. Altman, A. and Kleiman, S.: ‘Compactification of the Picard scheme I’, Adv. in Math. 35 (1980), 50–112.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  775. Altman, A. and Kleiman, S.: ‘Compactification of the Picard scheme II’, Amer. J. Math. 101 (1979), 10–41.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  776. Murre, J.P.: ‘On contravariant functors from the category of preschemes over a field into the category of abelian groups (with an application to the Picard functor)’, Publ. Math. IHES 23 (1964), 581–619.

    Google Scholar 

  777. Oort, F.: ‘Sur le schéma de Picard’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 90 (1962), 1–14.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  778. Picard, H.: ‘Sur une propriété des fonctions entières’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 88 (1879), 1024–1027.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  779. Picard, E.: ‘Sur les fonctions entières’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 89 (1879), 662–665.

    Google Scholar 

  780. Picard, E.: ‘Mémoire sur les fonctions entières’, Ann. Ecole Norm. Sup. 9 (1880), 145–166.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  781. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 1-2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  782. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  783. Lohwater, A.: ‘The boundary behaviour of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 10 (1973), 99–259 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  784. Griffiths, P. and King, J.: ‘Nevanlinna theory and holomorphic mappings between algebraic varieties’, Acta Math. 130 (1973), 145–220.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  785. Picard, E.: ‘Démonstration d’un théorème général sur les fonctions uniformes liées par une équation algébrique’, Acta Math. 11 (1887-1888), 1–12.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  786. Shabat, B.V.: Distribution of values of holomorphic mappings, Amer. Math. Soc, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  787. Conway, J.B.: Functions of one complex variables, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  788. Griffiths, P.: Entire holomorphic mappings in one and several complex variables, Ann. of Math. Studies, 85, Princeton Univ. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  789. Picard, E.: ‘Sur les intégrales de différentielles totales algébriques’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 99 (1884), 961–963.

    Google Scholar 

  790. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  791. Mumford, D.: Abelian varieties, Oxford Univ. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  792. Griffiths, P. and Harris, J.: Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  793. Chevalley, C.: ‘Sur la théorie de la variété de Picard’, Amer. J. Math. 82 (1960), 435–490.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  794. Igusa, J.-I.: ‘On some problems in abstract algebraic geometry’, Proc. Nat. Acad Sci. USA 41, no. 11 (1955), 964–967.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  795. Matsusaka, T.: ‘On the algebraic construction of the Picard variety I’, Jap. J. Math. 21, no. 2 (1951), 217–235.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  796. Seshadri, C.: ‘Variété de Picard d’une variété complète’, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. 57 (1962), 117–142.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  797. Seshadri, G: ‘Universal property of the Picard variety of a complete variety’, Math. Ann. 158, no. 3 (1965), 293–296.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  798. Lang, S.: Abelian varieties, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  799. Rosenlicht, M.: ‘Generalized Jacobian varieties’, Ann. of Math. 59 (1954), 505–530.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  800. Oort, F.: ‘A construction of generalized Jacobian varieties by group extensions’, Math. Ann. 147 (1962), 277–286.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  801. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  802. Oort, F.: ‘Sur le schéma de Picard’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 90 (1962), 1–14.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  803. Pick, G.: ‘Ueber eine Eigenschaft der konformen Abbildung kreisförmiger Bereiche’, Math. Ann. 77 (1916), 1–6.

    Google Scholar 

  804. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  805. Carathéodory, C.: Conformai representation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  806. Garnett, J.B.: Bounded analytic functions, Acad. Press, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  807. Ahlfors, L.V.: Conformai invariants, topics in geometric function theory, McGraw-Hill, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  808. Lang, S.: Introduction to complex hyperbolic spaces, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  809. Rourke, C.P. and Sanderson, B.J.: Introduction to piecewiselinear topology, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  810. Munkres, J.R.: ‘Elementary differential topology’, in J. Milnor and J. Stasheff (eds.): Characteristic classes, Princeton Univ. Press, 1974, pp. 270-359.

    Google Scholar 

  811. Milnor, J.: Two complexes which are homeomorphic but combinatorially distinct’, Ann. of Math. 74 (1961), 575–590.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  812. Alexander, J.W.: ‘Combinatorial analysis situs’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1926), 301–329.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  813. Markov, A.A.: ‘The unsolvability of the homeomorphism problem’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 121, no. 2 (1958), 218–220 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  814. Kirby, R. and Siebenmann, L.: ‘On the triangulation of manifolds and the Hauptvermutung’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969), 742–749.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  815. Edwards, R.D.: The double suspension of a certain homology 3-sphere in S 5’. Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 22, no. 2 (1975), A–334.

    Google Scholar 

  816. Cannon, J.W.: ‘Shrinking cell-like decompositions of manifolds. Codimension three’, Ann. of Math. 10 (1979), 83–112.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  817. Stallings, J.R.: Lectures on polyhedral topology, Tata Inst. Fundam. Research, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  818. Zeeman, E.C.: Seminar on combinatorial topology, IHES, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  819. Kirby, R.C. and Siebenmann, L.C.: Foundational essays on topological manifolds, smoothings, and triangulations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  820. Pierpont, J.: Lectures on the theory of functions of real variables, 1, Dover, reprint, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  821. Hahn, H.: Reellen Funktionen, 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  822. Pitman, E.J.: ‘The estimation of the location and scale parameters of a continuous population of any given form’, Biometrika 30 (1939), 391–421.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  823. Girshick, M.A. and Savage, L.J.: ‘Bayes and minimax estimates for quadratic loss functions’, in J. Neyman (ed.): Proc. Second Berkeley Symp. Math. Statist. Prob., Univ. Calif. Press, 1951, pp. 53-73.

    Google Scholar 

  824. Zachs, S.: The theory of statistical inference, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  825. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  826. Cohn, P.M.: Algebra, 2, Wiley, 1977, Chapt. 9.

    Google Scholar 

  827. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, 1-2, Graylock, 1957–1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  828. Naimark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  829. Flensted-Jensen, M.: Analysis on non-Riemannian symmetric spaces, Amer. Math. Soc, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  830. Reiter, H.: Classical harmonic analysis and locally compact groups, Clarendon Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  831. Dixmier, J.: C algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  832. Hewitt, E. and Ross, K.A.: Abstract harmonic analysis, 2, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  833. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  834. Titchmarsh, E.C.: Introduction to the theory of Fourier integrals, Oxford Univ. Press, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  835. Bochner, S.: Lectures on Fourier integrals, Princeton Univ. Press, 1959 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  836. Rudin, W.: Fourier analysis on groups, Wiley, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  837. Weil, A.: l’Intégration dans les groupes topologiques et ses applications, Hermann, 1940.

    Google Scholar 

  838. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  839. Hewitt, E. and Ross, K.A.: Abstract harmonic analysis, 1-2, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  840. Reiter, H.: Classical harmonic analysis and locally compact groups, Oxford Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  841. Schiff, L.I.: Quantum mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  842. Messiah, A.: Quantum mechanics, Ml, North-Holland, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  843. Taylor, Th.T.:” Mechanics: classical and quantum, Pergamon, 1976, p. 124ff.

    Google Scholar 

  844. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Teubner, reprint, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  845. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  846. The principles of geometry, Moscow, 1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  847. Bachmann, F.: Aufbau der Geometrie aus dem Spiegelungsbegriff Springer, reprint, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  848. Doneddu, A.: Geometrie euclidienne plane, Dunod, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  849. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Multi-dimensional spaces, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  850. Dembowski, P.: Finite geometries, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  851. Pickert, G.: Projektive Ebenen, Springer, reprint, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  852. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  853. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Projective geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  854. Walker, R.J.: Algebraic curves, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  855. Smogorzhevskiĭ, A.S. and Stolova, E.S.: Handbook of the theory of planar curves of the third order, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  856. Savelov, A.A.: Plane curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  857. Brieskorn, E. and Knörrer, H.: Plane algebraic curves, Birkhäuser, 1986 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  858. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969, pp. 3-23.

    Google Scholar 

  859. Coxeter, H.S.M. and Greitzer, S.L.: Geometry revisited, Random House, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  860. Berger, M.: Geometry, 2, Springer, 1987, Chapt. 10 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  861. Delone, B.N.: Theory of planigons’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 23, no. 3 (1959), 365–386 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  862. Delone, B.N., Dolbilin, N.P. and Shtogrin, M.I.: ‘Combinatorial and metric theory of planigons’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 148 (1978), 111–142. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 148 (1978), 109-140)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  863. Symmetry patterns, Moscow, 1980 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  864. Grünbaum, B. and Shephard, G.C.: Tilings and patterns, Freeman, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  865. Dress, A. and Huson, D.: ‘On tilings of the plane’, Geom. Ded. 24 (1987), 295–310.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  866. Dress, A.: ‘Presentations of discrete groups in terms of parametrized Coxeter matrices-A systematic approach’, Adv. Math. 63 (1987), 196–212.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  867. Weyl, H.: Symmetry, Princeton Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  868. Il’yushin, A.A.: Plasticity: principles of the general mathematical theory, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  869. Il’yushin, A.A. and Lenskiĭ, V.S.: ‘A model and algorithm’, Prikladn. Probl. Prochnost. i Plastichnost. 1 (1975) (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  870. Il’yushin, A.A.: ‘Plasticity’, in Elastoplastic strains, Vol. 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  871. Birger, I.A.: ‘Some general solution methods for problems in plasticity theory’, Prikl. Mat. Mekh. 15, no. 6 (1951), 765–770 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  872. Moskvitin, V.V.: Plasticity with variable loads, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  873. Koiter, W.T.: ‘General theorems for elastic-plastic media’, in I.N. Sneddon and R. Hill (eds.): Progress in Solid Mechanics, Vol. 1, North-Holland & Interscience, 1960, pp. 167-224.

    Google Scholar 

  874. Sokolovskiĭ, V.V.: Theorie der Plastizität, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1955 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  875. Hill, R.: The mathematical theory of plasticity, Oxford Univ. Press, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  876. Rakhmatulin, Kh.A. and Dem’yanov, Yu.A.: Strength under intense short loading, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  877. Vasin, R.A., Lenskiĭ, V.S. and Lenskiĭ, E.V.: ‘Dynamic relations between stress and deformation’, in Problems in the dynamics of elastoplastic media, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  878. Truesdell, C.: A first course in rational continuum mechanics, Acad. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  879. Lenskiĭ, V.S.: ‘Experimental corroboration of basic postulates of a general theory of elastic-plastic strains’, in Problems of the Theory of Plasticity, Moscow, 1961, pp. 58-82 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  880. Lenskiĭ, V.S. and Lenskiĭ, E.V.: ‘Trinomial relation in the general theory of plasticity’, Mekh. Tverd. Tela 4 (1985), 111–115 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  881. Dao Zuy Bic: ‘On the uniqueness theorem in the theory of plasticity based on the hypothesis of local determinability’, Mekh. Tverd. Tela 1 (1982), 119–124 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  882. Prager, W. and Hodge, P.G.: Theory of perfectly plastic solids, Wiley, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  883. Reckling, K.A.: Plastizitätstheorie und ihre Anwendung auf Festigkeitsprobleme, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  884. Hoffman, O. and Sachs, G.: Introduction to the theory of plasticity for engineers, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  885. Kachanov, L.M.: Fundamentals of the theory of plasticity, North-Holland, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  886. Encyklopädie der mathematischen Wissenschaften, 2/3, Teubner, 1903.

    Google Scholar 

  887. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la theorie générale des surfaces et ses applications géométriques du calcul infinitesimal, 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1887.

    Google Scholar 

  888. Bianchi, L.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgeometrie, Teubner, 1910 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  889. Courant, R.: Dirichlet’s principle, conformai mapping, and minimal surfaces, Interscience, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  890. Morrey, C.: ‘The problem of Plateau on a Riemannian manifold’, Ann. of Math. 49, no. 4 (1948), 807–851.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  891. Rado, T.: On the problem of Plateau, Chelsea, reprint, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  892. Nitsche, J.C.C.: ‘On new results in the theory of minimal surfaces’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1965), 195–270.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  893. Osserman, R.: ‘A proof of the regularity everywhere of the classical solution of Plateau’s problem’, Ann. of Math. (2) 91 (1970), 550–569.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  894. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘Minimal compacta in Riemannian manifolds and Reĭfenberg’s conjecture’, Math. USSR Izv. 6 (1972), 1037–1066. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 36, no. 5 (1972), 1049-1079)

    Google Scholar 

  895. Nitsche, J.C.C.: ‘The boundary behaviour of minimal surfaces. Kellog’s theorem and branch points on the boundary’, Invent. Math. 8, no. 4 (1969), 313–333.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  896. Osserman, R.: A survey of minimal surfaces, v. Nostrand Reinhold, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  897. Federer, H.: Geometric measure theory, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  898. Morrey, C.: Multiple integrals in the calculus of variations, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  899. Fomenko, A.T. and Dao Chong Tkhi: Minimal surfaces and Plateau’s problem, Amer. Math. Soc., Forthcoming (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  900. Struwe, M.: Plateau’s problem and the calculus of variations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  901. Nitsche, J.C.C.: Vorlesungen über Minimalflächen, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  902. Morrey, C.: Multiple integrals in the calculus of variations, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  903. Reifenberg, E.: ‘Solution of Plateau’s problem for m-dimensional surfaces of varying topological type’, Acta Math. 104, no. 1/2 (1960), 1–92.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  904. Federer, H.: Geometric measure theory, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  905. Almgren, F.J.: ‘Existence and regularity almost everywhere of solutions to elliptic variational problems among surfaces of varying topological type and singularity structure’, Ann. of Math. (2) 87, no. 2 (1968), 321–391.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  906. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘The multidimensional Plateau problem in Riemannian manifolds’, Math. USSR Sb. 18, no. 3 (1972), 487–527. (Mat. Sb. 89, no. 3 (1972), 475-519)

    Google Scholar 

  907. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘Minimal compacta in Riemannian manifolds and Reifenberg’s conjecture’, Math. USSR Izv. 6, no. 5 (1972), 1037–1066. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 36, no. 5 (1972), 1049-1079)

    Google Scholar 

  908. Bombieri, E., Giorgi, E. de and Giusti, E.: ‘Minimal cones and the Bernstein problem’, Invent. Math. 7, no. 3 (1969), 243–268.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  909. Simons, J.: ‘Minimal varieties in Riemannian manifolds’, Ann. of Math. 88, no. 1 (1968), 62–105.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  910. Lawson, H.: ‘The equivalent Plateau problem and interior regularity’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 173, no. 446 (1972), 231–249.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  911. Lawson, H. and Simons, J. ‘R’On stable currents and their application to global problems in real and complex geometry’, Ann. of Math. 98, no. 3 (1973), 427–450.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  912. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘Bott periodicity from the point of view of an-dimensional Dirichlet functional’, Math. USSR Izv. 5, no. 3 (1971), 681–695. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 35, no. 3 (1971), 667-681)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  913. Dao Chong Tkhi: ‘Multivarifolds and classical multidimensional Plateau problems’, Math. USSR Izv. 17 (1981), 271–298. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 44, no. 5 (1980), 1031-1065)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  914. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘Multidimensional Plateau problem in Riemannian manifolds and extraordinary homology and cohomology theories I’, in Proc. Sem. Vektor. Tenzor. Anal., Vol. 17, 1974, pp. 3–176 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  915. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘Multidimensional Plateau problem in Riemannian manifolds and extraordinary homology and cohomology theories II’, in Proc. Sem. Vektor. Tenzor. Anal., Vol. 18, 1978, pp. 4–93 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  916. Dao Chong Tkhi: ‘On the stability of the homology of compact Riemannian manifolds’, Math. USSR Izv. 12 (1978), 463–468. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 42, no. 3 (1978), 500-505)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  917. Fomenko, A.T.: ‘Multi-dimensional variational methods in the topology of extremals’, Russian Math. Surveys 36, no. 6 (1981), 127–165. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 36, no. 6 (1981), 125-169)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  918. Hsiang, W.Y. and Lawson, H.B.: ‘Minimal submanifolds of low cohomogenety’, J. Diff. Geom. 5, no. 1 (1971), 1–38.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  919. Brothers, J.E.: ‘Invariance of solutions to invariant parametric variational problems’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 262, no. 1 (1980), 159–180.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  920. Harvey, R. and Lawson, H.B.: ‘On boundaries of complex analytic varieties I’, Ann. of Math. 102 (1975), 233–290.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  921. Harvey, R. and Lawson, H.B.: ‘On boundaries of complex analytic varieties II’, Ann. of Math. 106 (1977), 213–238.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  922. Harvey, R. and Lawson, H.B.: ‘Calibrated geometries’, Acta Math. 148 (1982), 47–157.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  923. Yau, S.S.-T.: ‘Kohn —Rossi cohomology and its application to the complex Plateau problem’, Ann. of Math. 113, no. 1 (1981), 67–110.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  924. Meeks, W.H. and Yau, S.S.-T.: ‘The classical Plateau problem and the topology of three-dimensional manifolds. The embedding of the solution given by Dehn’s lemma’, Topology 21, no. 4 (1982), 409–442.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  925. Fomenko, A.T.: Plateau problem, 1-2, Gordon & Breach, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  926. Fomenko, A.T.: Variational principles in topology — Multidimensional minimal surface theory, Kluwer, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  927. Giusti, E.: Minimal surfaces and functions of bounded variation, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  928. Fomenko, A.T. and Dao Chong Tkhi: Minimal surfaces and Plateau’s problem, Amer. Math. Soc, Forthcoming (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  929. Stolzenberg, G.: Volumes, limits, and extensions of analytic varieties, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  930. Chirka, E.M.: Complex analytic sets, Kluwer, 1989, § 19 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  931. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Regular polytopes, MacMillan, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  932. Hilbert, D. and Cohn-Vossen, S.: Geometry and the imagination, Chelsea, reprint, 1952, p. 90ff (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  933. Plessner, A.I.: ‘Über das Verhalten analytischer Funktionen auf dem Rande des Definitionsbereiches’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 158 (1928), 219–227.

    Google Scholar 

  934. Priwalow, I.I. [I.I. Privalov]: Randeigenschaften analytischer Funktionen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  935. Lohwater, A.J.: ‘The boundary behaviour of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 10 (1973), 99–259

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  936. Rudin, W.: Function theory in the unit ball of Cn, Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  937. Tsuji, M.: Potential theory in modern function theory, Chelsea, reprint, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  938. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  939. Noshiro, K.: Cluster sets, Springer, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  940. The universal programming language PL/I, IBM Library, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  941. Scott, R. and Sondac, N.: PL/I for programmers, Addison-Wesley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  942. Programming in PL/I OS ES, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  943. Bukhtiyarov, A.M., Frolov, G.D. and Olyunin, V.Yu.: Collection of problems in PL/I programming, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  944. American National Standard programming language PL/I, X3.53-1976, ANSI, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  945. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1965, pp. 88-90.

    Google Scholar 

  946. Waerden, B.L. van der: Einführung in die algebraische Geometrie, Springer, 1939, Chapt. 1.

    Google Scholar 

  947. Berzolari, L.: ‘Algebraische Transformationen und Korrespondenzen’, in Enzyklopädie der mathematischen Wissenschaften, Vol. 3, Teubner, 1906, pp. 1787-2218.

    Google Scholar 

  948. Griffiths, P.A. and Harris, J.E.: Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  949. Kleiman, S.L.: The enumerative theory of singularities’, in Real and complex singularities. Proc. Nordic Summer School Oslo 5-25 Aug. 1976, Sythoff & Noordhoff, 1977, pp. 297-396.

    Google Scholar 

  950. Plücker, J.: Neue Geometrie des Raumes gegründet auf die Betrachtung der geraden Linie als Raumelement, Teubner, 1868.

    Google Scholar 

  951. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Moscow, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  952. Klein, F.: Vorlesungen über höhere Geometrie, Springer, 1926.

    Google Scholar 

  953. Hirschfeld, J.W.P.: Finite projective spaces of three dimensions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  954. Waerden, B.L. van der: Einführung in die algebraische Geometrie, Springer, 1939.

    Google Scholar 

  955. Sommerville, D.M.Y.: Analytical geometry of three dimensions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1934.

    Google Scholar 

  956. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1985 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  957. Solomentsev, E.D.: ‘Harmonic and subharmonic functions and their generalizations’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. Teor. Veroy-atnost. Regulirovanie (1964), 83-100 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  958. Rudin, W.: Function theory in polydiscs, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  959. Rudin, W.: Function theory in the unit ball of Cn, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  960. Vladimirov, V.S.: Methods of the theory of many complex variables, M.I.T, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  961. Gunning, R.C. and Rossi, H.: Analytic functions of several complex variables, Prentice-Hall, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  962. Lelong, P.: ‘Fonctions plurisousharmonique; mesures de Radon associées. Applications aux fonctions analytiques’, in Colloque sur les fonctions de plusieurs variables, Brussels 1953, G. Thone & Masson, 1953, pp. 21-40.

    Google Scholar 

  963. Bremermann, H.J.: ‘Complex convexity’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1956), 17–51.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  964. Bremermann, HJ.: ‘On the conjecture of the equivalence of the plurisubharmonic functions and the Hartogs functions’, Math. Ann. 131 (1956), 76–86.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  965. Bremermann, HJ.: ‘Note on plurisubharmonic and Hartogs functions’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956), 771–775.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  966. Solomentsev, E.D.: ‘Harmonic and subharmonic functions and their generalizations’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. Teor. Veroyatnost. Regulirovanie (1964), 83-100 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  967. Gamelin, T.W.: Uniform algebras and Jensen measures, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1979, Chapts. 5; 6.

    Google Scholar 

  968. Lelong, P. and Gruman, L.: Entire functions of several complex variables, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  969. Ronkin, L.I.: Inroduction to the theory of entire functions of several variables, Amer. Math. Soc, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  970. Range, R.M.: Holomorphic functions and integral representations in several complex variables, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  971. Chirka, E.M.: Complex analytic sets, Kluwer, 1989, p. 292ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  972. Pochhammer, L.: ‘Ueber ein Integral mit doppeltem Umlauf’, Math. Ann. 35 (1889), 470–494.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  973. Jordan, C.: Cours d’analyse de l’Ecole Polytechn., 3, Gauthier-Villars, 1915.

    Google Scholar 

  974. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  975. Kamke, E.: Handbuch der gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  976. Enzyklopädie der Elementarmathematik, 4. Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  977. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définies par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 7 (1881), 375–422.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  978. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définies par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 8 (1882), 251–296.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  979. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définies par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 1 (1885), 167–244.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  980. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définies par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 2 (1886), 151–217.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  981. Bendixson, I.: ‘Sur les courbes définiés par des équations différentielles’, Acta Math. 24 (1901), 1–88.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  982. Brouwer, L.E.J.: ‘On continuous vector distributions’, Verhand. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Afd. Nat. I. Reeks 11 (1909), 850–858.

    Google Scholar 

  983. Brouwer, L.E.J.: ‘On continuous vector distributions’, Verhand. K. Ned. Akad. Wet. Afs. Nat. I. Reeks 12 (1910), 716–734.

    Google Scholar 

  984. Brouwer, L.E.J.: ‘On continuous vector distributions’, Verhand K. Ned Akad. Wet. Afd. Nat. I. Reeks 13 (1910), 171–186.

    Google Scholar 

  985. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  986. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  987. Andronov, A.A., Leontovich, E.A., Gordon, I.I. and Maier, A.G.: Qualitative theory of second-order dynamic systems, Wiley, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  988. Whitney, H.: ‘Regular families of curves’, Ann. of Math. 34, no. 2 (1933), 244–270.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  989. Nemytskiĭ, V.V.: ‘A structure of one-dimensional limit integral manifolds on the plane and in three-dimensional space’, Vestn. Moskov. Univ., no. 10 (1948), 49-61 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  990. Beck, A.: Continuous flows in the plane, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  991. Gutierrez, C.: ‘Smoothing continuous flows on two-manifolds and recurrences’, Ergod. Th. & Dynam. Sys. 6 (1986), 17–44.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  992. Hajek, O.: Dynamical systems in the plane, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  993. Lam, P.-F.: ‘Inverses of recurrent and periodic points under homomorphisms of dynamical systems’, Math. Syst. Theory 6 (1972), 26–36.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  994. Markley, N.G.: ‘The Poincaré-Bendixson theorem for the Klein bottle’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 135 (1969), 159–165.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  995. Schwartz, A.J.: ‘A generalization of a Poincaré-Bendixson theorem to closed two-dimensional manifolds’, Amer. J. Math. 85 (1963), 453–458.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  996. Poincaré, H.: Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, 3, Gauthier-Villars, 1899.

    Google Scholar 

  997. Bertrand, G.: ‘Equations de Fredholm à intégrales principales au sens de Cauchy’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 172 (1921), 1458–1461.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  998. Bertrand, G.: ‘La théorie des marées et les équations intégrales’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. 40 (1923), 151–258.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  999. Muskhelishvili, N.I.: Singular integral equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1000. Khvedelidze, B.V.: ‘Some properties of singular integrals in the sense of the Cauchy — Lebesgue principal value’, Soobsh. Akad Nauk. GruzSSR 8, no. 5 (1947), 283–290 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1001. Khvedelidze, B.V.: ‘The method of Cauchy-type integrals in the discontinuous boundary-value problems of the theory of holomorphic functions of a complex variable’, J. Soviet Math. 1, no. 3 (1977), 309–415. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Sovrem. Probl. Mat. 7 (1975), 5-162)

    Google Scholar 

  1002. Hardy, G.H.: ‘The theory of Cauchy’s principal values’, Proc. London Math. Soc. 7, no. 2 (1909), 181–208.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1003. Tricomi, F.: ‘Equazioni integrali contenenti il valor principale doppio’, Math. Z. 27 (1928), 87–133.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1004. Giraud, G.: ‘Sur une classe générale d’équations à intégrales principales’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 202, no. 26 (1936), 2124–2127.

    Google Scholar 

  1005. Giraud, G.: ‘Equations à intégrales principales; étude suivie d’une application’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. 51, no. 3-4 (1934), 251–372.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1006. Mikhlin, S.G.: ‘Singular integral equations’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 3, no. 3 (1948), 29–112 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1007. Mikhlin, S.G.: Multidimensional singular integrals and integral equations, Pergamon, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1008. Wall, C.T.C.: ‘Surgery of non-simply-connected manifolds’, Ann. of Math. (2) 84 (1966), 217–276.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1009. Wall, C.T.C.: Surgery on compact manifolds, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1010. Smale, S.: ‘Generalized Poincaré’s conjecture in dimensions greater than four’, Ann. of Math. (2) 74 (1961), 199–206.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1011. Smale, S.: ‘On the structure of manifolds’, Amer. J. Math. 84 (1962), 387–399.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1012. Stallings, J.R.: ‘Polyhedral homotopy-spheres’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1960), 485–488.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1013. Freedman, M.H.: ‘The topology of four-dimensional manifolds’, J. Diff. Geometry 17 (1982), 357–453.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1014. Dieudonné, J.: A history of algebraic and differential topology, Birkhäuser, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1015. Andreotti, A. and Mayer, A.: ‘On period relations for abelian integrals on algebraic curves’, Ann. Sci. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa 21, no. 2 (1967), 189–238.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1016. Griffiths, P. and Harris, J.: Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley (Interscience), 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1017. Mumford, D.: Curves and their Jacobians, Univ. Michigan Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1018. Arbarello, E., Cornalba, M., Griffiths, P. and Harris, J.: Geometry of algebraic curves, 1, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1019. Arbarello, E.: ‘Fay’s triscant formula and a characterisation of Jacobian varieties’, in S.J. Bloch (ed.): Algebraic Geometry (Bowdoin, 1985), Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 46, Amer. Math. Soc, 1987, pp. 49-61.

    Google Scholar 

  1020. Gunning, R.C.: ‘On theta functions for Jacobi varieties’, in S.J. Bloch (ed.): Algebraic Geometry (Bowdoin, 1985), Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 46, Amer. Math. Soc, 1987, pp. 89-98.

    Google Scholar 

  1021. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘Homology and cohomology of general spaces’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Sovr. Probl. Mat. 50 (1989), Chapt. 8.

    Google Scholar 

  1022. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘Poincaré duality and relations between the functors Ext and Tor’, Math. Notes 28, no. 5 (1980), 841–845. (Mat. Zametki 28, no. 5 (1980), 769-776)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1023. Massey, W.: Homology and cohomology theory, M. Dekker, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1024. Dold, A.: Lectures on algebraic topology, Springer, 1972, Sect. VIII.8.1.

    Google Scholar 

  1025. Spanier, E.H.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966, Sect. 6.2.

    Google Scholar 

  1026. Bott, R. and Tu, L.W.: Differential forms in algebraic topology, Springer, 1982, Chapt. I, Sect. 5.

    Google Scholar 

  1027. Switzer, R.M.: Algebraic topology-homotopy and homology, Springer, 1975, p. 316.

    Google Scholar 

  1028. Poincaré, H.: Oeuvres, Vol. 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1951, pp. UL-CXXXII.

    Google Scholar 

  1029. Dulac, H.: ‘Recherches sur les points singuliers des equations différentielles’, J. Ecole Polytechn. Ser. II 9 (1904), 1–25.

    Google Scholar 

  1030. Chen, K.-T.: ‘Equivalence and decomposition of vectorfields about an elementary critical point’, Amer. J. Math. 85 (1963), 693–722.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1031. Bruhat, F.: ‘Travaux de Sternberg’, Sém. Bourbaki 13 (1960-1961), Exp. 2187.

    Google Scholar 

  1032. Sternberg, S.: ‘On the structure of a local homeomorphism’, Amer. J. Math. 80 (1958), 623–631.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1033. Nagumo, M. and Isé, K.: ‘On the normal forms of differential equations in the neighbourhood of an equilibrium point’, Osaka Math. J. 9 (1957), 221–234.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1034. Hartman, P.: ‘On the local linearization of differential equations’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963), 568–573.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1035. Arnal, D., Ben Ammar, M. and Pinczon, G.: The Poincaré-Dulac theorem for nonlinear representations of nilpotent Lie algebras’, Lett. Math. Phys. 8 (1984), 467–476.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1036. Arnol’d, V.I.: Geometric methods in the theory of ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1977, Chapt. V (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1037. Bryuno, A.D.: ‘Analytic forms of differential equations’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 25 (1971), 131–288. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 25 (1971), 119-262)

    Google Scholar 

  1038. Hunt, L.R. and Su, R.: ‘Linear equivalents of nonlinear time-varying systems’, in Internat. Symp. Math. Th. Networks and Systems Santa Monica, 1983, Vol. 4, Western Periodicals, 1981, pp. 119-123.

    Google Scholar 

  1039. Jakubczyk, B. and Respondek, W.: ‘On the linearization of control systems’, Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Math. Astron. Phys. 28 (1980), 517–522.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1040. Livingston, E.S. and Elliott, D.L.: ‘Linearization of families of vectorfields’, J. Diff. Equations 55 (1984), 289–299.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1041. Poincaré, H.: C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 132 (1901), 369–371.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1042. Poincaré, H.: Bull. Astron. 27 (1910), 321–356.

    Google Scholar 

  1043. Chetaev, N.G.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 7 (1928), 103–104.

    Google Scholar 

  1044. Chetaev, N.G.: ‘Sur les équations de Poincaré’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 185 (1927), 1577–1578.

    Google Scholar 

  1045. Chetaev, N.G.: Prikl. Mat. i. Mekh. 5, no. 2 (1941), 253–262.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1046. Rühl, W.: The Lorentz group and harmonie analysis, Benjamin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1047. Barut, A.O. and Raczka, R.: Theory of group representations and applications, PWN, 1977, Chapt. 17.

    Google Scholar 

  1048. Poincaré, H.: ‘Sur un théorème de géométrie’, Rend. Cire. Mat. Palermo 33 (1912), 375–407.

    Google Scholar 

  1049. Birkhoff, G.: ‘Proof of Poincaré’s geometric theorem’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1913), 14–22.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1050. Pars, L.A.: A treatise on analytical dynamics, Heinemann, London, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1051. Arnold, V.I. and Avez, A.: Problèmes ergodiques de la mécanique classique, Gauthier-Villars, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1052. Birkhoff, G.D.: Dynamical systems, Amer. Math. Soc., 1927.

    Google Scholar 

  1053. Klein, F.: Elementary mathematics from a higher viewpoint, MacMillan, 1939 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1054. Kagan, V.F.: Lobachevskiĭ and his geometry, Moscow, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1055. Hilbert, D. and Cohn-Vossen, S.: Geometry and the imagination, Chelsea, reprint, 1952 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1056. Poincaré, H.: Oeuvres, Gauthier-Villars, 1916–1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1057. Nevanlinna, R.: Uniformisierung, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1058. Sansone, G. and Gerretsen, J.: Lectures on the theory of functions of a complex variable, 2. Geometric theory, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1059. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969, p. 90, 303.

    Google Scholar 

  1060. Coxeter, H.S.M.: ‘Parallel lines’, Canad. Math. Bull. 21 (1978), 385–397.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1061. Coxeter, H.S.M. and Greitzer, S.L.: Geometry revisited, Random House, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1062. Coxeter, H.M.S.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1063. Greenberg, M.J.: Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries, Freeman, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1064. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 7 (1881), 375–422.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1065. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 8 (1882), 251–296.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1066. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 1 (1885), 167–244.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1067. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 2 (1886), 151–217.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1068. Tamura, I.: The topology of foliations, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian; translated from the Japanese).

    Google Scholar 

  1069. Godbillion, C.: Géométrie différentielle et mécanique analytique, Hermann, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1070. Abels, H.: ‘Parallelizability of proper actions, global K-slices and maximal compact subgroups’, Math. Ann. 212 (1974), 1–19.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1071. Bhatia, N.P. and Szegö, G.P.: Stability of dynamical systems, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1072. Hajek, O.: ‘Parallelizability revisited’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971), 77–84.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1073. Hajek, O.: Dynamical systems in the plane, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1074. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1075. Hector, G. and Hirsch, U.: Introduction to the geometry of foliations, Viehweg & Sons, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1076. Poincaré, H.: Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, I, Gauthier-Villars, 1899.

    Google Scholar 

  1077. Fried, D.: The geometry of cross-sections to flows’, Topology 21 (1982), 353–371.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1078. Poincaré, H.: ‘Sur le problème des trois corps et les équations de la dynamique’, Acta. Math. 13 (1890), 1–270.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1079. Poincaré, H.:’ sur le problème des trois corps et les équations de la dynamique’, in Oeuvres, Vol. XII, Gauthier-Villars, 1952, pp. 262-479 (in particular, p. 314).

    Google Scholar 

  1080. Carathéodory, C.: ‘Ueber den Wiederkehrsatz von Poincaré’, Sitz. Ber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin (1919), 580-584.

    Google Scholar 

  1081. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1082. Khinchin, A. Ya.: ‘Eine Verschärfung des Poincaréschen Wiederkehrsatzes’, Comp. Math. 1 (1934), 177–179.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1083. Chetaev, N.G.: ‘Sur la stabilité à la Poisson’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 187 (1928), 637–638.

    Google Scholar 

  1084. Chetaev, N.G.: Uchen. Zap. Kazan. Univ. 89, no. 2 (1929), 199–201.

    Google Scholar 

  1085. Krylov, N.N. and Bogolyubov, N.N.: ‘La théorie de la mesure dans son application à l’étude des systèmes dynamiques de la mécanique non-linéaire’, Ann. of Math. 38, no. 1 (1937), 65–113.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1086. Halmos, P.R.: ‘Invariant measures’, Ann. of Math. 48 (1947), 735–754.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1087. Kac, M.: ‘On the notion of recurrence in discrete stochastic processes’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947), 1002–1010.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1088. Kakutani, S.: ‘Induced measure preserving transformations’, Proc. Japan. Acad. 19 (1943), 635–641.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1089. Petersen, K.: Ergodic theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1090. Browder, W.: Surgery on simply connected manifolds, Springer, 1972

    Google Scholar 

  1091. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 7 (1881), 375–422.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1092. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 8 (1882), 251–296.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1093. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 1 (1885), 167–244.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1094. Poincaré, H.: ‘Mémoire sur les courbes définiés par une équation différentielle’, J. de Math. 2 (1886), 151–217.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1095. Andronov, A.A., Leontovich, E.A., Gordon, I.I. and Maier, A.G.: Qualitative theory of second-order dynamic systems, Wiley, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1096. Lefschetz, S.: Differential equations: geometric theory, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1097. Alexandroff, P. [P.S. Aleksandrov] and Hopf, H.: Topologie, Chelsea, reprint, 1972, Chapt. XIV, Sect. 4.3.

    Google Scholar 

  1098. Hirsch, M.W.: Differential topology, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1099. Young, D.M. and Gregory, R.T.: A survey of numerical mathematics, Dover, reprint, 1988, pp. 19-55.

    Google Scholar 

  1100. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1101. Ibragimov, I.A. and Has’minskiĭ, R.Z. [R.Z. Khas’minskiĭ]: Statistical estimation: asymptotic theory, Springer, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1102. Lehmann, E.L.: Theory of point estimation, Wiley, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1103. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1104. Hirsch, M.W.: Differential topology, Springer, 1976, p. 4, 78.

    Google Scholar 

  1105. Chillingworth, D.R.J.: Differential topology with a view to applications, Pitman, 1976, p. 221ft.

    Google Scholar 

  1106. Il’in, V.A. and Poznyak, E.G.: Fundamentals of mathematical analysis, 2, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1107. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1108. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry, Springer, 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1109. Coolidge, J.: Algebraic plane curves, Dover, reprint, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1110. Arkhangel’skiI, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984, p. 86 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1111. Kelley, J.L.: General topology, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1112. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V.: ‘A survey of C p -theory’, Questions & Answers in Gen. Topol. 5 (1987), 1–109.

    Google Scholar 

  1113. Engelkino, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1114. Chandrasekhar, S.: Hydrodynamic and hydromagnetic stability, Dover, reprint, 1981, Chapt. VII.

    Google Scholar 

  1115. Hughes, Th. J.R. and Marsden, J.E.: A short course on fluid mechanics, Publish or Perish, 1976, § 18.

    Google Scholar 

  1116. Batchelor, G.K.: An introduction to fluid dynamics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1967, p. 180ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1117. Poisson, S.: J. Ecole Polytechn. 8 (1809), 266–344.

    Google Scholar 

  1118. Jacobi, C.G.J.: ‘Nova methodus, aequationes differentiales partiales primi ordinis inter numurum variabilium quemcunque propositas integrandi’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 60 (1862), 1–181.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1119. Whittaker, E.T.: Analytical dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, Dover, reprint, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  1120. Lur’e, A.I.: Analytical mechanics, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1121. Goldstein, H.: Classical mechanics, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1122. Newell, A.C.: Solitons in mathematical physics, SIAM, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1123. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1124. Abraham, R. and Marsden, J.E.: Foundations of mechanics, Benjamin, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1125. Gantmacher, F.R. [F.R. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1126. Poisson, S.D.: Récherches sur la probabilité des jugements en matière criminelle et en matière civile, Paris, 1837.

    Google Scholar 

  1127. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1-2, Wiley.

    Google Scholar 

  1128. Bol’shev, L.N. and Smirnov, N.V.: Tables of mathematical statistics, Libr. of mathematical tables, 46, Nauka, Moscow, 1983 (in Russian). Processed by L.S. Bark and E.S. Kedrova.

    Google Scholar 

  1129. Linnik, Yu.V. and Ostrovskiĭ, I.V.: Decomposition of random variables and vectors, Amer. Math. Soc, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1130. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics: discrete distributions, Houghton Mifflin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1131. Bitsadze, A.V.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1132. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1133. Maeda, F.-Y.: Dirichlet integrals on harmonic spaces, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1134. Poisson, S.D.: ‘Remarques sur une équation qui se présente dans la théorie des attractions des sphéroĭdes’, Nouveau Bull. Soc. Philomathique de Paris 3 (1813), 388–392.

    Google Scholar 

  1135. Rudin, W.: Function theory in the unit ball of Cn, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1136. Kellogg, O.D.: Foundations of potential theory, F. Ungar, 1929. Re-issue: Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1137. Godunov, S.K. and Ryaben’kiĭ, V.S.: The theory of difference schemes, North-Holland, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1138. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A.: The boundary value problems of mathematical physics, Springer, 1986 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1139. Marchuk, G.I. and Shaidurov, V.V.: Difference methods and their extrapolations, Springer, 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1140. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Andreev, V.B.: Méthodes aux différences pour équations elliptiques, Mir, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1141. Mikhlin, S.G.: The numerical performance of variational methods, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1142. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A., et al.: Approximate solution of operator equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1143. Aubin, J.P.: Approximation of elliptic boundary value problems, Wiley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1144. Strang, G. and Fix, J.: An analyse of the finite element method, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1145. Ciarlet, Ph. G.: The finite element method for elliptic problems, North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1146. Hackbusch, W.: Multigrid methods and applications, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1147. D’yakonov, E.G.: Minimization of computational work. Asymptotically optimal algorithms for elliptic problems, Moscow, 1989 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1148. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Numerical methods for grid equations, 1-2, Birkhäuser, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1149. Glowinski, R., Golub, G.H., Meurant, G.A. and Periaux, J. (eds.): First Internat. Symp. Domain Decomposition Methods For Partial Diff. Eqs., SIAM, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1150. Canuto, C, Hussaini, M.Y., Quarteroni, A. and Zang, T.A.: Spectral methods in fluid dynamics, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1151. Banerjee, P.K. and Butterfield, R.: Boundary element methods in engineering science, McGraw-Hill, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1152. Hackbusch, W. and Trottenberg, U.: Multigrid methods, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1153. Mccormick, S.F.: Multigrid methods, SIAM, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1154. Birkhoff, G. and Lynch, R.E.: Numerical solution of elliptic problems, SIAM, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1155. Johnson, C.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations by the finite element method, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1156. Smith, G.D.: Numerical solution of partial differential equations: finite difference method, Clarendon Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1157. Mitchell, A.R. and Griffiths, D.F.: The finite difference method in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1158. Mitchell, A.R. and Wait, R.: Finite element analysis and applications, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1159. Poisson, S.D.: Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris 3 (1818), 121–176.

    Google Scholar 

  1160. Tikhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Equations of mathematical physics, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1161. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1162. Whitham, G.B.: Linear and nonlinear waves, Wiley-Interscience, 1974, p. 229ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1163. Bitsadze, A.V.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1980, p. 179 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1164. Poisson, S.D.: J. Ecole R. Polytechn. 11 (1820), 295–341.

    Google Scholar 

  1165. Poisson, S.D.: ‘Suite du mémoire sur les intégrales définiés et sur la sommation des séries’, J. Ecole R. Polytechn. 12 (1823), 404–509.

    Google Scholar 

  1166. Schwarz, H.A.: ‘Ueber die Integration der partiellen Differentialgleichung ∂2u / ∂x2 + ∂2u / ∂y2 =0 für die Fläche eines Kreises’, Vierteljahrsschr. Naturforsch. Ges. Zurich 15 (1870), 113–128.

    Google Scholar 

  1167. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1168. Tikhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Equations of mathematical physics, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1169. Solomentsev, E.D.: ‘Harmonic and subharmonic functions and their generalizations’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. Teor. Veroyatnost. Regulirovanie. 1962 (1964), 83-100 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1170. Rudin, W.: Function theory in poly discs, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1171. Vladimirov, V.S.: Generalized functions in mathematical physics, Mir, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1172. Hua, Lo-Ken: Harmonic analysis of functions of several complex variables in the classical domains, Amer. Math. Soc, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1173. Stein, E.M. and Weiss, G.: Introduction to Fourier analysis on Euclidean spaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1174. Rudin, W.: Function theory in the unit ball of Cn, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1175. Borovkov, A.A.: Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Birkhäuser, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1176. Gikhman, I.I., Skorokhod, A.V. and Yadrenko, M.I.: Probability theory and mathematical statistics, Kiev, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1177. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 2, Wiley, 1971, Chapt. 1.

    Google Scholar 

  1178. Cohen, J.W.: The single server queue, North-Holland, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1179. Szekely, G.J.: Paradoxes in probability theory and mathematical statistics, Reidel, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1180. Poincaré, H.: Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, 3, Gauthier-Villars, 1899, Chapt. 26.

    Google Scholar 

  1181. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1182. Oxtoby, J.: Measure and category, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1183. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1184. Titchmarsh, E.C.: Introduction to the theory of Fourier integrals, Oxford Univ. Press, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  1185. Poisson, S.: Récherches sur la probabilité des jugements en matière criminelle et en matière civile, Paris, 1837.

    Google Scholar 

  1186. Loeve, M.: Probability theory, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1187. Borovkov, A.A.: Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Birkhäuser, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1188. Laha, R.G. and Rohatje, V.K.: Probability theory, Wiley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1189. Pollard, H.: ‘The Poisson transform’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 78, no. 2 (1955), 541–550.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1190. Vladimirov, V.S.: Generalized functions in mathematical physics, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1191. Efimov, N.V.: Higher geometry, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1192. Postnikov, M.M.: Analytic geometry, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1193. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1194. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1195. Busemann, H. and Kelly, P.: Protective geometry and projective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1196. Coolidge, J.: Algebraic plane curves, Dover, reprint, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1197. Edwards, R.: Functional analysis, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1198. Köthe, G.: Topological vector spaces, 1, Springer, 1979 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1199. Schaeffer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1200. Jarchow, H.: Locally convex spaces, Teubner, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1201. Korn, G. and Korn, T.: Mathematical handbook for scientists and engineers, McGraw-Hill, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1202. Triebel, H.: Analysis and mathematical physics, Reidel, 1987, p. 103.

    Google Scholar 

  1203. Rektorys, K.: Applicable mathematics, Iliffe, 1969, p. 216.

    Google Scholar 

  1204. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1205. Bognár, J.: ‘Certain relations among the non-negativity properties of operators on spaces with an indefinite metric II’, Stud. Scient. Math. Hung. 1, no. 1-2 (1966), 97–102 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1206. Dixmier, J.: C* algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1207. Gohberg, I.C. [I.Ts. Gokhberg] and Kreĭn, M.G.: Introduction to the theory of linear nonselfadjoint operators, Amer. Math. Soc, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1208. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1985 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1209. Landkof, N.S.: Foundations of modern potential theory, Springer, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1210. Brélot, M.: Eléments de la théorie classique du potentiel, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1211. Bliedtner, J. and Hansen, W.: Potential theory. An analytic and probabilistic approach to balayage, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1212. Constantinescu, C. and Cornea, A.: Potential theory on harmonic spaces, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1213. Doob, J.L.: Classical potential theory and its probabilistic counterparts, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1214. Grauert, H. and Fritzsche, K.: Several complex variables, Springer, 1976 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1215. Whitney, H.: Complex analytic varieties, Addison-Wesley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1216. Veldkamp, F.D.: ‘Polar geometry’, Indag. Math. 21 (1959), 512–551.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1217. Veldkamp, F.D.: ‘Polar geometry’, Indag. Math. 22 (1960), 207–212.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1218. Tits, J.: Buildings and BN-pairs of spherical type, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1219. Buekenhout, F. and Shult, E.E.: ‘On the foundations of polar geometry’, Geom. Dedicata 3 (1974), 155–170.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1220. Dembowski, P.: Finite geometries, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1221. Efimov, N.V.: Higher geometry, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1222. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1223. Busemann, H. and Kelly, P.: Projective geometry and projective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1224. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1225. Baer, R.: Linear algebra and projective geometry, Acad. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1226. Pedoe, D.: Geometry. A comprehensive course, Dover, reprint, 1988, Sect. 85.5.

    Google Scholar 

  1227. Dembowsky, P.: Finite geometries, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1228. Bombieri, E.: ‘Canonical models of surfaces of general type’, Publ. Math. IHES 42 (1973), 171–220.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1229. Kodaira, K.: ‘Pluricanonical systems on algebraic surfaces of general type’, J. Math. Soc. Japan 20, no. 1-2 (1968), 170–192.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1230. Matsusaka, T. and Mumford, D.: ‘Two fundamental theorems on deformations of polarized varieties’, Amer. J. Math. 86, no. 3 (1964), 668–684.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1231. Mumford, D.: Geometric invariant theory, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1232. Lieberman, D. and Mumford, D.: ‘Matsusaka’s big theorem’, in R. Hartshorne (ed.): Algebraic geometry (Arcata, 1974), Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 29, Amer. Math. Soc., 1975, pp. 513-530.

    Google Scholar 

  1233. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1234. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1235. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1985 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1236. Ahlfors, L.V.: Complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1237. Grauert, H. and Fritzsche, K.: Several complex variables, Springer, 1976 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1238. Range, R.M.: Holomorphic functions and integral representations in several complex variables, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1239. Balk, M.B. and Zuev, M.F.: ‘On polyanalytic functions’, Russian Math. Surveys 25, no. 5 (1970), 201–223. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 25, no. 5 (1970), 203-226)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1240. Vekua, I.N.: New methods for solving elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1241. Privalov, I.I. and Pchelin, B.M.: ‘Sur la théorie générale des fonctions polyharmoniques’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 204 (1937), 328–330. (Mat. Sb. 2, no. 4 (1937), 745-758)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1242. Nicolesco, M.: Les fonctions poly-harmoniques, Hermann, 1936.

    Google Scholar 

  1243. Nicolesco, M.: ‘Nouvelles recherches sur les fonctions polyharmoniques’, Disq. Math. Phys. 1 (1940), 43–56.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1244. Tolotti, C.: ‘Sulla struttura délie funzioni iperarmoniche in pui variabili independenti’, Giorn. Math. Battaglini 1 (1947), 61–117.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1245. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1246. Aronszaĭn, N., Creese, T.M. and Lipkin, L.J.: Polyharmonic functions, Clarendon Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1247. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Chelsea, reprint, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1248. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1249. Neumann, H.: Varieties of groups, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1250. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Algebraic structures. Linear algebra, 1, Addison-Wesley, 1974, Chapt. 1;2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1251. Kostrikin, A.I. and Manin, Yu.I.: Linear algebra and geometry, Gordon & Breach, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1252. Postnikov, M.M.: Linear algebra and differential geometry, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1253. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1-2, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1254. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Urn models and their application, Wiley, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1255. Bruijn, N.G. de: ‘Polya’s theory of counting’, in E.F. Beckenbach (ed.): Applied combinatorial mathematics, Wiley, 1964, Chapt. 5.

    Google Scholar 

  1256. Sachkov, V.N.: Combinatorial methods in discrete mathematics, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1257. Pölya, G.: ‘Kombinatorische Anzahlbestimmungen für Gruppen, Graphen und chemische Verbindungen’, Acta Math. 68 (1937), 145–254.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1258. Harary, F. and Palmer, E.: Graphical enumeration, Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1259. Kargapolov, M.I. and Merzlyakov, Yu.I.: Fundamentals of the theory of groups, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1260. Wehrfritz, B.A.F.: Three lectures on polycylic groups, Queen Mary College London, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1261. Mal’cev, A.I. [A.I. Mal’tsev]: ‘On certain classes of infinite soluble groups’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 2 (1956), 1–21. (Mat. Sb. 28 (1951), 567-588)

    Google Scholar 

  1262. Wolf, J.A.: ‘Growth of finitely generated solvable groups and curvature of Riemannian manifolds’, J. Diff. Geom. 2 (1968), 421–446.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1263. Milnor, J.: ‘Growth of finitely generated solvable groups’, J. Diff Geom. 2 (1968), 1–7.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1264. Segal, D.: Polycyclic groups, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1265. Auslander, L.: ‘On a problem of Philip Hall’, Ann. oi Math. 86 (1967), 112–116.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1266. Segal, D.: ‘The general polycyclic group’, Bull. London Math. Soc. 19 (1987), 49–56.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1267. Hirsch, K.A.: ‘On infinite soluble groups’, Proc. London Math. Soc. 44 (1938), 53–60.

    Google Scholar 

  1268. Rudin, W.: Function theory in polydiscs, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1269. Perepelkin, D.P.: A course of elementary geometry, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1270. Hadamard, J.: Géométrie élémentaire, 1, Moscow, 1957 (in Russian; translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1271. Bachmann, F. and Schmidt, Z.: n-gons, Univ. Toronto Press, 1975 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1272. Enzyklopädie der Elementarmathematik, 4. Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1273. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1274. Arbib, M.A. (ed.): Algebraic theory of machines, languages and semigroups, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1275. Clifford, A.H. and Preston, G.B.: The algebraic theory of semigroups, 2, Amer. Math. Soc., 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1276. Skornyakov, L.A.: ‘Generalizations of modules’, in Modules, Vol. 3, Novosibirsk, 1973, pp. 22-27 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1277. Skornyakov, L.A. and Mikhalev, A.V.: ‘Modules’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Alg. Topol. Geom. 14 (1976), 57–190 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1278. Fountain, J.: ‘Perfect semigroups’, Proc. Edinburgh Math. Soc. 20 (1976), 87–93.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1279. Isbell, J.: ‘Perfect monoids’, Semigroup Forum 2 (1971), 95–118.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1280. Yoh, R.W.: ‘Congruence relations on left canonic semigroups’, Semigroup Forum (1977), 175-183.

    Google Scholar 

  1281. Eilenberg, S.: Automata, languages and machines, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1282. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Introduction to homological dimension theory and general combinatorial topology, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1283. Glaser, L.C.: Geometrical combinatorial topology, v. Nostrand, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1284. Maunder, C.R.F.: Algebraic topology, v. Nostrand, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1285. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Combinatorial topology, Graylock, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1286. Aleksandrov, A.D.: Die innere Geometrie der konvexen Flächen, Akademie-Verlag, 1955 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1287. Aleksandrov, A.D. and Zalgaller, V.A.: ‘Two-dimensional manifolds of bounded curvature’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 63 (1962) (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1288. Volkov, Yu.A.: ‘Existence of a convex polyhedron with given curvature I’, Vestnik Leningrad. Univ. 15, no. 19 (1960), 75–86 (in Russian). English abstract.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1289. Milka, A.D.: ‘Multidimensional spaces with polyhedral metric of nonnegative curvature I’, Ukrain. Geom. Sb. 5–6 (1968), 103–114 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1290. Milka, A.D.: ‘Multidimensional spaces with polyhedral metric of nonnegative curvature II’, Ukrain. Geom. Sb. 7 (1970), 68–77, 185 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1291. Stone, D.A.: ‘Geodesics in piecewise linear manifolds’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 215 (1976), 1–44.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1292. Busemann, H.: Convex surfaces, Interscience, 1958, Chapt. IV.

    Google Scholar 

  1293. Enzyklopädie der Elementarmathematik, 4. Geometry, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1294. Hilbert, D. and Cohn-Vossen, S.: Geometry and the imagination, Chelsea, reprint, 1952 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1295. Aleksandrov, A.D.: Konvexe Polyeder, Akademie-Verlag, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1296. Lyusternik, L.A.: Convex figures and polyhedra, Moscow, 1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1297. Brückner, M.: Vielecke und Vielflache: Theorie und Geschichte, Teubner, 1900.

    Google Scholar 

  1298. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1299. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Regular polytopes, Dover, reprint, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1300. Senechal, M. and Fleck, G. (eds.): Shaping space, Birkhäuser, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1301. McMullen, P. and Shephard, G.C.: Convex polytopes and the upper bound conjecture, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1302. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Combinatorial topology, Graylock, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1303. Rourke, K. and Sanderson, B.: Introduction to piecewiselinear topology, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1304. Milnor, J.: ‘Two complexes which are homeomorphic but combinatorially distinct’, Ann. of Math. 74, no. 3 (1961), 575–590.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1305. Kirby, R.C. and Siebenmann, L.C.: Foundational essays on topological manifolds, smoothings, and triangulations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1306. Edwards, R.D.: ‘The double suspension of a certain homology 3-sphere is S 5’, Notices Amer. Math. Soc. 22, no. 2 (1975), A–334

    Google Scholar 

  1307. Brehm, U. and Kühnel, W.: ‘A polyhedral model for Cartan’s hypersurfaces in S4’, Mathematika 33 (1986), 55–61.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1308. Grünbaum, B.: ‘Regular polyhedra — old and new’, Aequat. Math. 16 (1977), 1–20.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1309. McMullen, P., Schulz, Ch. and Wills, J.M.: ‘Polyhedral 2-manifolds in E 3 with unusually large genus’, Israel J. of Math. 46 (1983), 127–144.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1310. Schulte, E. and Wills, J.M.: ‘A polyhedral realization of Felix Klein’s map {3, 7}8 on a Riemann surface of genus 3’, J. London Math. Soc. 32 (1985), 539–547.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1311. Brehm, U.: ‘Maximally symmetric polyhedral realizations of Dyck’s regular map’, Mathematika 34 (1987), 229–236.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1312. Munkres, J.R.: Elementary differential topology, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1313. Glaser, L.C.: Geometrical combinatorial topology, v. Nostrand, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1314. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Regular polytopes, Dover, reprint, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1315. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Multi-dimensional spaces, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1316. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Regular complex polytopes, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1990.

    Google Scholar 

  1317. Mishina, A.P. and Proskuryakov, I.V.: Higher algebra. Linear algebra, polynomials, general algebra, Pergamon, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1318. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1319. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Springer, 1988, Chapt. 4–7 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1320. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1321. Babenko, I.K.: ‘Problems of growth and rationality in algebra and topology’, Russian Math. Surv. 41, no. 2 (1986), 117–175. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 41, no. 2 (1986), 95-142)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1322. Grigorchuk, R.I.: ‘On Milnor’s problem of group growth’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 28 (1983), 23–26. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 271 (1983), 30-33)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1323. Milnor, J.: ‘A note on curvature and fundamental group’, J. Din. Geom. 2 (1968), 1–7.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1324. Efremovich, V.: ‘On proximity geometry of Riemannian manifolds’, Transi. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 39 (1964), 167–170. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8 (1953), 189-191)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1325. Shvarts, A.: ‘A volume invariant of coverings’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 105 (1955), 32–34 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1326. Gromov, M.: ‘Groups of polynomial growth and expanding maps’, Publ. Math. IHES 53 (1981), 53–73.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1327. Tits, J.: ‘Free subgroups in linear groups’, J. of Algebra 20 (1972), 250–270.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1328. Wolf, J.A.: ‘Growth of finitely generated solvable groups and curvature of Riemannian manifolds’, J. Diff. Geom. 2 (1968), 421–446.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1329. Milnor, J.W.: ‘Growth of finitely generated solvable groups’, J. Diff. Geom. 2 (1968), 447–449.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1330. Lazard, M.: ‘Groupes analytiques p-adiques’, Publ. Math. IHES 26 (1965), 389–603.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1331. Golod, E.S. and Shafarevich, I.R.: ‘On class field towers’, Transi. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 48 (1965), 91–102. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28 (1964), 261-272)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1332. Koch, H.: Galoissche Theorie der p-Erweiterungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1333. Ufnarovskiĭ, V.A.: ‘A criterion for the growth of graphs and algebras defined by words’, Math. Notes 31 (1982), 238–241. (Mat. Zametki 31 (1982), 465-472)

    Google Scholar 

  1334. Roos, J.-E.: ‘Relations between the Poincaré—Betti series of loop spaces and of local rings’, in M.P. Malliavin (ed.): Sem. Alg. P. Dubreil, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 740, Springer, 1979, pp. 285-322.

    Google Scholar 

  1335. Löfwall, C.: On the subalgebra generated by one dimensional elements in the Yoneda Ext-algebra, Preprint Dept. Math., Univ. of Stockholm, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1336. Avramov, L.: ‘Local algebra and rational homotopy’, Astérisque 113–114 (1984), 15-43.

    Google Scholar 

  1337. Avramov, L.: ‘Local rings of finite simplicial dimension’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1984), 289–291.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1338. Chebyshev, P.L.: Complete collected works, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1947, pp. 23-51 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1339. Tikhomirov, V.M.: Some questions in approximation theory, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1340. Timan, A.F.: Theory of approximation of functions of a real variable, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1341. Szegö, G.: Orthogonal polynomials, Amer. Math. Soc., 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1342. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: Quadrature formulas, Hindustan Publ. Comp., 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1343. Suetin, P.K.: Classical orthogonal polynomials, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1344. Natanson, I.P.: Constructive function theory, 2, F. Ungar, 1965, Chapt. 6 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1345. Rivlin, T.J.: The Chebyshev polynomials, Wiley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1346. Powell, M.J.D.: Approximation theory and methods, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1347. Achiezer, N.I. [N.I. Akhiezer]: Theory of approximation, F. Ungar, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1348. Korneĭchuk, N.P.: Extremal problems of aproximation theory, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1349. Dzyadyk, V.K.: Introduction to the theory of uniform approximation of functions by polynomials, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1350. Tikhomirov, V.M.: Some questions in approximation theory, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1351. Laurent, P.J.: Approximation et optimisation, Hermann, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1352. Remez, E.Ya.: Foundations of numerical methods of Chebyshev approximation, Kiev, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1353. Pinkus, A.M.: On L 1-approximation, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1354. Schönhage, A.: Approximationstheorie, de Gruyter, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1355. Watson, G.A.: Approximation theory and numerical methods, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1356. Cheney, E.W.: Introduction to approximation theory, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1357. Powell, M.J.D.: Approximation theory and methods, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1358. Rice, J.R.: The approximation of functions, 1. Linear theory, Addison-Wesley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1359. Rivlin, T.J.: An introduction to the approximation of functions, Blaisdell, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1360. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Characteristic classes of differentiable manifolds’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (1) 7 (1962), 279–331. (Mat. Sb. 21 (1947), 233-284)

    Google Scholar 

  1361. Novikov, S.P.: ‘Topological invariance of rational Pontrjagin classes’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 6, no. 4 (1965), 921–923. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 163 (1965), 298-300)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1362. Bukhshtaber, V.M.: ‘The Chern—Dold character in cobordisms. I’, Math. USSR Sb. 12, no. 4 (1970), 573–594. (Mat. Sb. 83 (1970), 575-595)

    Google Scholar 

  1363. Rokhlin, V.A. and Shvarč, A.S.: ‘The combinatorial invariance of Pontrjagin classes’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 114 (1957), 490–493 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1364. Milnor, J.: Matematika 3, no. 4 (1959), 3–53.

    Google Scholar 

  1365. Milnor, J.: Matematika 9, no. 4 (1965), 3–40.

    Google Scholar 

  1366. Stong, R.E.: Notes on cobordism theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1367. Kirby, R.C. and Siebenmann, L.C.: Foundational essays on topological manifolds, smoothings, and triangulations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1368. Milnor, J.W. and Stasheff, J.D.: Characteristic classes, Princeton Univ. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1369. Anderson, D.W., Brown, E.H. and Peterson, F.P.:’ spin cobordism’, Ann. of Math. (To appear).

    Google Scholar 

  1370. Dieudonne, J.: A history of algebraic and differential topology 1900–1960, Birkhäuser, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1371. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘The theory of topological commutative groups’, Ann. of Math. 35, no. 2 (1934), 361–388.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1372. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Gordon & Breach, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1373. Kampen, E. van: ‘Locally bicompact Abelian groups and their character groups’, Ann. of Math. 36 (1935), 448–463.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1374. Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘Hermitian positive kernels on homogeneous spaces, I’, Ukrain. Mat. Zh. 1, no. 4 (1949), 64–98 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1375. Krein, M.G.: ‘Hermitian positive kernels on homogeneous spaces, II’, Ukrain. Mat. Zh. 2, no. 1 (1950), 10–59 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1376. Morris, S.: Pontryagin duality and the structure of locally compact Abelian groups, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1377. Naimark, M.A.: Normed rings, Noordhoff, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1378. Hewitt, E. and Ross, K.: Abstract harmonic analysis, 2, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1379. Smith, M.F.: ‘The Pontrjagin duality theorem in linear spaces’, Ann. of Math. 56, no. 2 (1952), 248–253.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1380. Venkataraman, R.: ‘A characterization of Pontryagin duality’, Math. Z. 149, no. 2 (1976), 109–119.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1381. Armacost, D.L.: The structure of locally compact abelian groups, M. Dekker, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1382. Hochschild, G.: The structure of Lie groups, Holden-Day, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1383. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Topological duality theorems’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 48 (1955), Part 1. Closed sets (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1384. Massey, W.: Homology and cohomology theory, M. Dekker, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1385. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘Homology and cohomology of general spaces’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Sovrem. Probl. Mat. 50 (1989), 129–266 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1386. Pontryagin, L.S.: Smooth manifolds and their applications in homology theory, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1387. Stong, R.E.: Notes on cobordism theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1388. Milnor, J.: Topology from the differentiable viewpoint, Virginia Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1389. Pontryagin, L.S., Boltyanskiĭ, V.G., Gamkrelidze, R.V. and Mishchenko, E.F.: The mathematical theory of optimal processes, Wiley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1390. Fleming, W.H. and Rishel, R.W.: Deterministic and stochastic optimal control, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1391. Lee, E.B. and Markus, L.: Foundations of optimal control theory, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1392. Berkovitz, L.D.: Optimal control theory, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1393. Cesari, L.: Optimization-theory and applications, problems with ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1394. Clarke, F.: Optimization and nonsmooth analysis, Wiley, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1395. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Hermitian operators in a space with indefinite metric’, Izv. Akad. N auk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 8 (1944), 243–280 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1396. Iokhvidov, I.S. and Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘Spectral theory of operators in a space with indefinite metric I’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 13 (1960), 105–175. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 5 (1956), 367-432)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1397. Iokhvidov, I.S. and Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘Spectral theory of operators in a space with indefinite metric II’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 8 (1959), 413–496 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1398. Azizov, T.Ya. and Iokhvidov, I.S.: ‘Linear operators in Hilbert spaces with G-metric’, Russian Math. Surveys 26, no. 4 (1971), 45–97. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 26, no. 4 (1971), 43-92)

    Google Scholar 

  1399. Kreĭn, M.G.: ‘Introduction to the geometry of indefinite J-spaces and the theory of operators in these spaces’, in Second Math. Summer School, Vol. 1, Kiev, 1965, pp. 15-92 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1400. Naĭmark, M.A. and Ismagilov, R.S.: ‘Representations of groups and algebras in a space with indefinite metric’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. (1969), 73-105 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1401. Nagy, L.: State vector spaces with indefinite metric in quantum field theory, Noordhoff, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1402. Azizov, T.Ya. and Iohidov, I.S. [I.S. Iokhvidov]: Linear operators in spaces with an indefinite metric, Wiley, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1403. Iohidov, I.S. [I.S. Iokhvidov], Kreĭn, M.G. and Langer, H.: Introduction to the spectral theory of operators in spaces with an indefinite metric, Akad. Verlag, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1404. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Mappings of a 3-dimensional sphere into a n-dimensional complex’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 34 (1942), 35–37 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1405. Boltyanskiĭ, V.G.: The homotopy theory of continuous mapping and vector fields, Moscow, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1406. Postnikov, M.M.: ‘The classification of continuous mappings of a three-dimensional polyhedron into a simply connected polyhedron of arbitrary dimension’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 64, no. 4 (1949), 461–462 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1407. Browder, W. and Thomas, E.: ‘Axioms for the generalized Pontryagin cohomology operations’, Quart. J. Math. 13 (1962), 55–60.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1408. Thomas, E.: ‘A generalization of the Pontrjagin square cohomology operation’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 42 (1956), 266–269.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1409. Thomas, E.: The generalized Pontryagin cohomology operations and rings with divided powers, Amer. Math. Soc., 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1410. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Sur une hypothèse fundamentale de la théorie de la dimension’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 190 (1930), 1105–1107.

    Google Scholar 

  1411. Boltyanskiĭ, V.G.: ‘On a theorem concerning addition of dimension’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 6, no. 3 (1951), 99–128 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1412. Aleksandrov, P.S.: An introduction to homological dimension theory and general combinatorial topology, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1413. Dranishnikov, A.N.: ‘Homological dimension theory’, Russian Math. Surveys 43, no. 4 (1988), 11–63. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 43, no. 4 (1988), 11-55)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1414. Dolzhenko, E.P.: ‘Boundary properties of arbitrary functions’, Math. USSR Izv. 1, no. 1 (1967), 1–12. (Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 31, no. 1 (1967), 3-14)

    Google Scholar 

  1415. Zajiček, L.: ‘Sets of σ-porosity and sets of σ-porosity (q)’, Casopis. Pešt. Mat. 101 (1976), 350–359.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1416. Foran, J. and Humke, P.D.: ‘Some set-theoretic properties of σ-porous sets’, Real Anal. Exch. 6, no. 1 (1980/81), 114–119.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1417. Tkadlec, J.: ‘Constructions of some non-σ-h-porous sets on the real line’, Real Anal. Exch. 9, no. 2 (1983/84), 473–482.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1418. Agronsky, S.J. and Bruckner, A.M.: ‘Local compactness and porosity in metric spaces’, Real Anal. Exch. 11, no. 2 (1985/86), 365–379.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1419. Shevchenko, Yu.A.: ‘On Vitali’s covering theorem’, Vestnik Moskov. Univ. Ser. 1. Mat. Mech, no. 3 (1989), 11-14 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1420. Positional games, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1421. Berge, C.: Théorie générale des jeux à n personnes, Gauthier-Villars, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1422. Kuhn, H.W.: ‘Extensive games and the problem of information’, in H.W. Kuhn, et al. (ed.): Contributions to the theory of games. Annals of Math. Stud., Vol. 28, Princeton Univ. Press, 1953, pp. 193-216.

    Google Scholar 

  1423. Thompson, G.L.:’ signalling strategies in n-person games’, in H.W. Kuhn, et al. (ed.): Contributions to the theory of games, Annals of Math. Stud., Vol. 28, Princeton Univ. Press, 1953, pp. 267-277.

    Google Scholar 

  1424. Vorob’ev, N.N.: ‘Dismembered strategies in positional games’, Probl. Kibernetiki, no. 7 (1962), 5-20 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1425. Bui Kong Kyong: ‘Reduced-dismembered strategy in positional games’, Vestnik Leningrad. Gos. Univ. 1 (1969), 49–59 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1426. Basar, T. and Olsder, G.J.: Dynamic noncooperative game theory, Acad. Press, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1427. Luce, R.D. and Raiffa, H.: Games and decisions, Wiley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1428. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A.: Positive solutions of operator equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1429. Schaefer, H.H.: Banach lattices and positive operators, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1430. Zaanen, A.C. and Luxemburg, W.: Riesz spaces, I, North-Holland, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1431. Lukacs, E.: Characteristic functions, Griffin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1432. Zabreyko, P.P. [P.P. Zabreĭko], et al.: Integral equations — a reference text, Noordhoff, 1975, Chapt. III, § 3 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1433. Hochstadt, H.: Integral equations, Wiley-Interscience, 1973, p. 255ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1434. Gantmacher, F.R. [F.R. Gantmakher]: The theory of matrices, I-II, Chelsea, reprint, Chapt. X (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1435. Hewitt, E. and Ross, K.A.: Abstract harmonic analysis, 2, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1436. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1437. Bochner, S.: Lectures on Fourier integrals, Princeton Univ. Press, 1959 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1438. Rudin, W.: Fourier analysis on groups, Wiley, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1439. Reiter, H.: Classical harmonic analysis and locally compact groups, Clarendon Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1440. Dixmier, J.: C algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1441. Bratteli, O. and Robinson, D.W.: Operator algebras and quantum statistical mechanics, 1, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1442. Berezanskiy, Yu.M. [Yu.M. Berezanskiĭ]: Expansion in eigenfunctions of selfadjoint operators, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1443. Krein, M.G.: ‘Hermitian positive kernels on homogeneous spaces I’, Ukr. Mat. Zh. 1, no. 4 (1949), 64–98 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1444. Krein, M.G.: ‘Hermitian positive kernels on homogeneous spaces II’, Ukr. Mat. Zh. 2, no. 1 (1950), 10–59 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1445. Reiter, H.: Classical harmonic analysis and locally compact groups, Oxford Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1446. Hille, E.: Methods in classical and functional analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1447. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, 1–3, Interscience, 1958–1971, p. 906.

    Google Scholar 

  1448. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1449. Dixmier, J.: C* algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1450. Raĭkov, D.N.: Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 54, no. 5 (1946), 391–394.

    Google Scholar 

  1451. Pták, V.: ‘On the spectral radius in Banach algebras with involution’, Bull. London Math. Soc. 2 (1970), 327–334.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1452. Palmer, T.W.: ‘Hermitian Banach *-algebras’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 78 (1972), 522–524.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1453. Gel’fand, I.M. and Naĭmark, M.A.: ‘Normed involution rings and their representations’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 12 (1948), 445–480 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1454. Segal, I.: ‘Irreducible representations of operator algebras’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947), 73–88.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1455. Naĭmark, M.A.: Normed rings, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1456. Akhiezer, N.I. and Glazman, I.M.: Theory of linear operators in Hilbert space, 1–2, Pitman, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1457. Sherman, S.: ‘Order in operator algebras’, Amer. J. Math. 73, no. 1 (1951), 227–232.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1458. Kreĭn, M.G. and Rutman, M.A.: ‘Linear operators leaving invariant a cone in a Banach space’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (1) 10 (1962), 199–325. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 3, no. 1 (1948), 3-95)

    Google Scholar 

  1459. Schaefer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1460. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A. and Sobolev, A.V.: ‘On cones of finite rank’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 16, no. 6 (1975), 1621–1625. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 225, no. 6 (1975), 1256-1259)

    Google Scholar 

  1461. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A., et al.: Integral operators in spaces of summable functions, Noordhoff, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1462. Dixmier, J.: C* algebras, North-Holland, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1463. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A.: Positive solutions of operator equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1464. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, II, Wiley-Interscience, 1988, p. 906ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1465. Reed, M. and Simon, B.: Methods of modem mathematical physics, I: Functional analysis, Acad. Press, 1972, p. 195ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1466. Vulikh, B.Z.: Functional analysis for scientists and technologists, Pergamon, 1963, Sect. 13.6 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1467. Church, A.: Introduction to mathematical logic, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1468. Hilbert, D. and Bernays, P.: Grundlagen der Mathematik, 1–2, Springer, 1968–1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1469. Landau, H.J. (ed.): Moments in mathematics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1987, p. 56ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1470. Jordan, C.: ‘Sur la série de Fourier’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 92 (1881), 228–230.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1471. Lebesgue, H.: Leçons sur l’intégration et la récherche des fonctions primitives, Gauthier-Villars, 1928.

    Google Scholar 

  1472. Wells, R.O., jr.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1473. Chern, S.S.: Complex manifolds without potential theory, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1474. Onischik, A.L.: ‘Pseudoconvexity in the theory of complex spaces’, J. Soviet Math. 14, no. 4 (1980), 1363–1406. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra. Topol Geom. 15 (1977), 93-171)

    Google Scholar 

  1475. Schneider, M: ‘Familien negativer Vektorraumbündel und l-konvexe Abbildungen’, Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 47 (1978), 150–170.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1476. Umemura, H.: ‘Some results in the theory of vector bundles’, Nagoya Math. J. 52 (1973), 97–128.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1477. Salomaa, A.: Computation and automata, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1478. Yablonskiĭ, S.V., Gavrilov, G.P. and Kudryavtsev, V.B.: Functions of the algebra of logic and Post classes, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1479. Ehrenfeucht, A., Karhumäki, J. and Rozenberg, G.: ‘The (generalized) Post corresponding problem with lists consisting of two words is decidable’, Theor. Comp. Sc. 21 (1982), 119–144.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1480. Karhumäki, J. and Simon, I.: ‘A note on elementary homomorphisms and the regularity of equality sets’, EATCS Bull. 9 (1979), 16–24.

    Google Scholar 

  1481. Post, E.: ‘A variant of a recursively unsolvable problem’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946), 264–268.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1482. Salomaa, A.: Formal languages, Acad. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1483. Post, E.L.: ‘Formal reductions of the general combinatorial decision problem’, Amer. J. Math. 65, no. 2 (1943), 197–215.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1484. Markov, A.A.: Theory of algorithms, Israel Progr. Sci. Transi., 1961 (translated from the Russian). Also: Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 42 (1954).

    Google Scholar 

  1485. Curry, H.B.: Foundations of mathematical logic, McGraw-Hill, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1486. Postnikov, M.M.: ‘The classification of continuous mappings of a three-dimensional polyhedron into a simply connected polyhedron of arbitrary dimension’, Dokl. Akad. N auk SSSR 64, no. 4 (1949), 461–462 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1487. Postnikov, M.M.: Studies on the homotopy theory of continuous mappings, 1–2, Moscow, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1488. Postnikov, M.M.: ‘Localization of topological spaces’, Russian Math. Surveys 32, no. 6 (1977), 121–184. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 32, no. 6 (1977), 117-181)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1489. Mosher, R. and Tangora, M.: Cohomology operations and applications in homotopy theory, Harper & Row, 1968, Chapt. 13.

    Google Scholar 

  1490. Spanier, E.H.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1491. Brown, E.H.: ‘Finite computability of Postnikov complexes’, Ann. of Math. (2) 65 (1957), 1–20.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1492. Baues, H.J.: Obstruction theory of homotopy classification of maps, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1493. Hilton, P., Mislin, G. and Roitberg, J.: Localization of nilpotent groups and spaces, North-Holland, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1494. Whitehead, G.W.: Elements of homotopy theory, Springer, 1978, Chapt. IX.

    Google Scholar 

  1495. Gray, B.: Homotopy theory, Acad. Press, 1975, Chapt. 17.

    Google Scholar 

  1496. Triebel, H.: Analysis and mathematical physics, Reidel, 1986, Sect. 10.1.4.

    Google Scholar 

  1497. Zauderer, E.: Partial differential equations, Wiley-Interscience, 1989, p. 92.

    Google Scholar 

  1498. Rektorys, K.: Applicable mathematics, Iliffe, 1969, Sects. 12.3, 14.7.

    Google Scholar 

  1499. Egorov, D.F.: Papers in differential geometry, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1500. Shulikovskiĭ, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1501. Günter, N.M.: Potential theory and its applications to basic problems of mathematical physics, F. Ungar 1967 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1502. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1503. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1504. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, 4, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1505. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1506. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1507. Levi, E.E.: ‘Sulle equazioni lineari alle derivate parziali totalmente ellittiche’, Rend. R. Acc. Lincei, Classe Sci. (V) 16 (1907), 932–938.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1508. Levi, E.E.: ‘Sulle equazioni lineari totalmente ellittiche alle derivate parziali’, Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo 24 (1907), 275–317.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1509. Kellogg, O.D.: Foundations of potential theory, F. Ungar, 1929. Re-issue: Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1510. Vaĭnberg, M.M.: Variational method and method of monotone operators in the theory of nonlinear equations, Wiley, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1511. Gajewski, H., Grögor, K. and Zacharias, K.: Nichtlineare Operatorgleichungen und Operatordifferentialgleichungen, Akad. Verlag, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1512. Günter, N.M. [N.M. Gyunter]: Potential theory and its application to basic problems of mathematical physics, F. Ungar, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1513. Sretenskiĭ, L.N.: Theory of the Newton potential, Moscow-Leningrad, 1946 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1514. Landkof, N.S.: Foundations of modern potential theory, Springer, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1515. Brélot, M.: Eléments de la théorie classique du potentiel, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1516. Kellogg, O.D.: Foundations of potential theory, F. Ungar, 1929. Re-issue: Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1517. Keldysh, M.V.: ‘On the resolutivity and the stability of the Dirichlet problem’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8 (1941), 171–231 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1518. Bitsadze, A.V.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1519. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1520. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, M. Dekker, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1521. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1522. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1523. Mikhlin, S.G.: Linear partial differential equations, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1524. Tikhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Equations of mathematical physics, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1525. Helms, L.L.: Introduction to potential theory, Wiley-Interscience, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1526. Tsuji, M.: Potential theory in modern function theory, Chelsea, reprint, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1527. Wermer, J.: Potential theory, Lecture Notes in Math., 408, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1528. Doob, J.L.: Classical potential theory and its probabilistic counterpart, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1529. Dellacherie, C. and Meyer, P.A.: Probabilities and potential, A-B, North-Holland, 1978–1982 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1530. Constantinescu, C. and Cornea, A.: Potential theory on harmonic spaces, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1531. Fabrikant, V.I.: Applications of potential theory in mechanics, Kluwer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1532. Brelot, M.: Lectures on potential theory, Tata Inst. Fundam. Research, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1533. Brelot, M.: ‘Les étapes et les aspects multiples de la théorie du potentiel’, Enseign. Math. 18, no. 1 (1972), 1–36.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1534. Bauer, H.: Harmonische Räume und ihre Potentialtheorie, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1535. Constantinescu, C. and Cornea, A.: Potential theory on harmonic spaces, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1536. Meyer, P.A.: Probability and potentials, Blaisdell, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1537. Hunt, G.A.: ‘Markov processes and potentials, I’, Illinois J. Math. 1 (1957), 44–93.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1538. Hunt, G.A.: ‘Markov processes and potentials, II’, Illinois J. Math. 1 (1957), 316–362.

    Google Scholar 

  1539. Hunt, G.A.: ‘Markov processes and potentials, III’, Illinois J. Math. 2 (1958), 151–213.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1540. Blumenthal, R. and Getoor, R.: Markov processes and potential theory, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1541. Boboc, N., Bucur, Gh. and Cornea, A.: Order and convexity in potential theory: H-cones, Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1542. Bliedtner, J. and Hansen, W.: Potential theory. An analytic and probabilistic approach to balayage, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1543. Fukushima, M.: Dirichtet forms and Markov processes, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1544. Kral, J., Lukeš, J. and Veselý, J. (eds.): Potential theory. Surveys and problems, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1545. Brelot, M., Bauer, H., Bony, J.-M., Deny, J. and Mokobodzki, G. (eds.): Potential theory, Cremonese, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1546. Dellacherie, C. and Meyer, P.A.: Probabilities and potential, C, North-Holland, 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1547. Maeda, F.Y.: Dirichlet integrals on harmonic spaces, Lecture notes in math., 803, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1548. Röckner, M.: ‘Markov property of generalized fields and axiomatic potential theory’, Math. Ann. 264 (1983), 153–177.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1549. Novikov, P.: ‘Sur le problème inverse de potentiel’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 18, no. 3 (1938), 165–168.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1550. Tikhonov, A.N.: ‘On the stability of inverse problems’, Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 39, no. 5 (1943), 195–198 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1551. Sretenskiĭ, L.N.: Theory of the Newton potential, Moscow-Leningrad, 1946 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1552. Ivanov, V.K.: The inverse problem of potential of a body close to a given body’, Izv. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ser. Mat. 20, no. 6 (1956), 793–818 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1553. Ivanov, V.K.: ‘An integral equation in the inverse problem for the logarithmic potential in closed form’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 105, no. 3 (1955), 409–411 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1554. Ivanov, V.K.: ‘On the solvability of the inverse problem for the logarithmic potential in closed form’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 106, no. 4 (1956), 598–599 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1555. Lavrentiev, M.M. [M.M. Lavrent’ev]: Some improperly posed problems of mathematical physics, Springer, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1556. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘Uniqueness of the solution of the exterior inverse problem of the Newtonian potential’, Diff Eq. 2 (1966), 56–64. (DifferentsiaVnye Uravneniya 2 (1966), 107-124)

    Google Scholar 

  1557. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘On inverse problems in potential theory’, Diff. Eq. 3 (1967), 14–20. (Differentsial’nye Uravneniya 3 (1967), 30-44)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1558. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘Inverse external contact problems for generalized magnetic potentials generated by variable magnetic densities’, Diff Eq. 6 (1970), 31–39. (Differentsial’nye Uravneniya 6 (1970), 27-49)

    Google Scholar 

  1559. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘The interior inverse potential problem for a body differing slightly from a given body’, Diff. Eq. 8 (1972), 90–96. (Differentsial’nye Uravaneniya 8 (1972), 118-125)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1560. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘The inverse problem of a metaharmonic potential for a body close to a given body’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 6, no. 6 (1965), 1332–1356 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1561. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘Interior inverse problems of generalized potentials’, Siberian Math. J. 12, no. 3 (1971), 447–460. (Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 12 (1971), 630-647)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1562. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘On the stability and uniqueness of a solution of inverse problems of generalized potentials of a simple layer’, Siberian Math. J. 12, no. 4 (1971), 594–601. (Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 12 (1971), 828-836)

    Google Scholar 

  1563. Prilepko, A.I.: ‘Mixed inverse problems of potential theory in the case of stellar bodies’, Siberian Math. J. 12, no. 6 (1971), 969–978. (Sibirsk. Mat. Zh. 12 (1971), 1341-1353)

    Google Scholar 

  1564. Tikhonov, A.N. and Arsenin, V.Ya.: Solutions of ill-posed problems, Winston, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1565. Anger, G.: Inverse and improperly posed problems in differential equations, Akad. Verlag, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1566. Lavrent’ev, M.M.: Some improperly posed problems of mathematical physics and analysis, Amer. Math. Soc., 1986 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1567. Schulze, B.W. and Wildenhain, G.: Methoden der Potentialtheorie für elliptische Differentialgleichungen beliebiger Ordnung, Birkhäuser, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1568. Ramm, A.G.: Scattering by obstacles, Reidel, 1986, p. 71.

    Google Scholar 

  1569. Aharonov, O., Schiffer, M. and Zalcman, L.: ‘Potato kugel’, Israel J. of Math. 40 (1981), 331–339.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1570. Hobson, E.W.: ‘On Green’s function for a circular disc with application to electrostatic problems’, Trans. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 18 (1990), 277–291.

    Google Scholar 

  1571. Fabrikant, V.I.: Applications of potential theory in mechanics. Selection of new results, Kluwer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1572. Fabrikant, V.I.: J. Sound and Vibration 121 (1988), 1–12.

    Google Scholar 

  1573. Fabrikant, V.I.: ‘Potential of several arbitrarily located disks’, Austral. Math. Soc. Ser. B 29 (1988), 342–351.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1574. Fabrikant, V.I.: ‘Mixed problems of potential theory in spherical coordinates’, Z Angewandte Math. Mech. 67 (1987), 507–518.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1575. Fabrikant, V.I.: J. Applied Phys. 61 (1987), 813–816.

    Google Scholar 

  1576. Sneddon, I.N.: Mixed boundary value problems in potential theory, North-Holland, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1577. Ufliand, Ia.S. [Ya.S. Ufliand]: Survey of articles on the application of integral transforms in the theory of elasticity, Applied Math. Res. Group File, PSR-24/6, North Carolina State Univ. (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1578. Ufliand, Ya.S.: Method of dual equations in mathematical physics, Leningrad, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1579. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1580. Bitsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1581. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, M. Dekker, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1582. Kupradze, V.D.: The method of potentials in elasticity theory, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1583. Milne-Thomson, L.M.: Theoretical hydrodynamics, Macmillan, 1949

    Google Scholar 

  1584. Kràl, J.: Integral operators in potential theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1585. Simader, C.G.: On Dirichlet’s boundary value problem, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1586. Colton, D. and Kress, R.: Integral equation methods in scattering theory, Wiley, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1587. Jawson, M. and Symm, G.: Integral equation methods in potential theory and elastostatics, Acad. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1588. Stromberg, K.: An introduction to classical real analysis, Wadsworth, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1589. Knopp, K.: Theorie und Anwendung der unendlichen Reihen, Springer, 1964. English translation: Blackie, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1590. Marsden, J.: Basic complex analysis, Freeman, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1591. Lehmann, E.L.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1592. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1593. Waerden, B.L. van der: Mathematische Statistik, Springer, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1594. Lehmann, E.L.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1595. Hajek, J. and Sidak, Z.: Theory of rank tests, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1596. Waerden, B.L. van der: Mathematische Statistik, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1597. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1598. Narkiewicz, W.: Elementary and analytic theory of algebraic numbers, Springer & PWN, 1990, p. 394ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1599. Neukirch, J.: Class field theory, Springer, 1986, p. IV, §9.

    Google Scholar 

  1600. Bitsadze, A.V.: Foundations of the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1601. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1602. Titchmarsh, E.: The theory of functions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1603. Bieberbach, L.: Analytische Fortsetzung, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1604. Landau, E. and Gaier, D.: Darstellung und Begrundung einiger neuerer Ergebnisse der Funktionentheorie, Springer, reprint, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1605. Vladimirov, V.S.: Methods of the theory of functions of several complex variables, M.I.T, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1606. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 1–2, Moscow, 1985 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1607. Bochner, S. and Martin, W.T.: Several complex variables, Princeton Univ. Press, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  1608. Yanushauskas, A.I.: Double series, Novosibirsk, 1980 (in Russsian).

    Google Scholar 

  1609. Rudin, W.: Function theory in polydiscs, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1610. Narasimhan, R.: Several complex variables, Univ. Chicago Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1611. Diedrich, K. and Remmert, R.: Funktionentheorie, I, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1612. Golubets, V.V.: Lectures on the theory of wings, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1613. Kármán, T. von and Burgers, J.M.: General aerodynamic theory-Perfect fluid, Springer, 1936.

    Google Scholar 

  1614. Muskhelishvili, N.I.: Singular integral equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1615. Curle, N. and Davies, H.J.: Modem fluid dynamics, II, v. Nostrand Reinhold, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1616. Chandrasekhar, S.: Hydrodynamic and hydromagnetic stability, Dover, reprint, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1617. Yih, C.-S.: Stratified flows, Acad. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1618. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Fluid mechanics, Pergamon, 1959, p. 203, 208 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1619. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1620. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1621. Istrăţescu, V.I.: Inner product structures, Reidel, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1622. Rudin, W.: Functional analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1623. Yosida, K.: Functional analysis, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1624. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Integration, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt.6;7;8 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1625. Bauer, H.: Probability theory and elements of measure theory, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1972, p. 13ff (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1626. Kokorin, A.I. and Kopytov, V.M.: Fully ordered groups, Israel Progr. Sci. Transi., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1627. Fuchs, L.: Partially ordered algebraic systems, Pergamon, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1628. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1629. Suppes, P.: Introduction to logic, v. Nostrand, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1630. Grzegorczyk, A.: An outline of mathematical logic, Reidel, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1631. Hilbert, D. and Bernays, P.: Grundlagen der Mathematik, 1–2, Springer, 1934–1939.

    Google Scholar 

  1632. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1633. Novikov, P.S.: Elements of mathematical logic, Oliver & Boyd, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1634. Takeuti, G.: Proof theory, North-Holland, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1635. Bell, J. and Machover, M.: A course in mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1636. Hatcher, W.S.: Foundations of mathematics, Saunders, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1637. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1638. Ershov, Yu.L. and Palyutin, E.A.: Mathematical logic, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1639. Manin, Yu.L.: A course in mathematical logic, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1640. Church, A.: Introduction to Mathematical logic, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1641. Takeuti, G.: Proof theory, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1642. Aczel, P.: Non well-founded sets, Centre Study of Language and Inform., Stanford Univ., 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1643. Barwise, J. and Etchemendy, J.: The liar. An essay on truth and circularity, Oxford Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1644. Dellacherie, C. and Meyer, P.-A.: Probabilities and potential, B, North-Holland, 1982 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1645. Liptser, R.S. and Shiryayev, A.N.: Statistics of random processes, II, Springer, 1978, p. 301 ff (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1646. Liptser, R.S. and Shiryayev, A.N.: Martingales, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1647. Dellacherie, C.: Capacités et processus stochastique, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1648. Dellacherie, C. and Meyer, P.A.: Probabilities and potential, A-C, North-Holland, 1978–1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1649. Mendelson, E.: Introduction to mathematical logic, v. Nostrand, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1650. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1950, Chapt. VII, § 35.

    Google Scholar 

  1651. Fraissé, R.: Course of mathematical logic, 1, Reidel, 1973, Sect. 5.1.1ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1652. Magnus, W., Karrass, A. and Solitar, D.: Combinatorial group theory: presentations of groups in terms of generators and relations, Wiley-lnterscience, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1653. Coxeter, H.S.M. and Moser, W.O.J.: Generators and relations for discrete groups, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1654. Privalov, I.I.: Einführung in die Funktionentheorie, 1–3, Teubner, 1965–1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1655. Gunning, R.C. and Rossi, H.: Analyic functions of several complex variables, Prentice Hall, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1656. Whyburn, G.T.: Topological analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1657. Chirka, E.M.: Complex analytic sets, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1658. Lasker, E.: ‘Zur Theorie der Moduln und Ideale’, Math. Ann. 60 (1905), 20–116.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1659. Noether, E.: ‘Idealtheorie in Ringbereichen’, Math. Ann. 83 (1921), 24–66.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1660. Atiyah, M.F. and MacDonald, I.: Introduction to commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1661. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1–2, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1662. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1663. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1664. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1665. Goldman, O.: ‘Rings and modules of quotients’, J. of Algebra 13, no. 1 (1969), 10–47.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1666. Lesieur, L. and Croisot, R.: Algèbre noethérienne non commutative, Gauthier-Villars, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1667. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1668. Faith, C.: Algebra, 1–2, Springer, 1973–1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1669. Cohn, P.M.: Free rings and their relations, Acad. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1670. Kurosh, A.G.: Lectures on general algebra, Chelsea, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1671. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1672. Rowen, L.: Ring theory, I, Acad. Press, 1988, p. 163.

    Google Scholar 

  1673. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1674. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1675. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1676. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, A. Hilger, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1677. Hasse, H.: Vorlesungen über Zahlentheorie, Springer, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1678. Ribenboim, P.: The book of prime number records, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1679. Riesel, H.: Prime numbers and computer methods for factorisation, Birkhäuser, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1680. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1681. Bressoud, D.M.: Factorization and primality testing, Springer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1682. Andrunakievich, V.A. and Ryabukhin, Yu.M.: Radicals of algebras and lattice theory, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1683. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1684. Herstein, I.: Noncommutative rings, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1685. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1686. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1687. Boas, R.P.: A primer of real functions, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1688. Apostel, T.M.: Mathematical analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1689. Cameron, P.: ‘Finite permutation groups and finite simple groups’, Bull. London Math. Soc. 13 (1981), 1–22.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1690. Krasner, M. and Kaloujnine, L.: ‘Produit complet des groupes de permutations et problème d’extension de groupes II’, Acta Sci. Math. (Szeged) 14 (1951), 39–66.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1691. Wielandt, H.: Finite permutation groups, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1692. Pogorelov, B.A.: ‘Primitive permutation groups of small degree’, in VI All-Union Symp. Group Theory, Kiev, 1980, pp. 146-157; 222 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1693. Shmidt, O.Yu.: Abstract theory of groups, Freeman, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1694. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1695. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975

    Google Scholar 

  1696. Cohn, P.M.: Algebra, 1, Wiley, 1982, p. 165.

    Google Scholar 

  1697. Birkhoff, G. and MacLane, S.: A survey of modem algebra, MacMillan, 1953, p. 79.

    Google Scholar 

  1698. Uspenskiĭ, V.A.: Leçons sur les fonctions calculables, Hermann, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1699. Mal’tsev, A.I.: Algorithms and recursive functions, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1970 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1700. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1701. Calude, C.: Theories of computational complexity, North-Holland, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1702. Manin, Yu.I.: A course in mathematical logic, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1703. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, Chapts. IX; XI, §54, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1704. Odifreddi, P.: Classical recursion theory, North-Holland, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1705. Uspenskiĭ, V.A.: Leçons sur les fonctions calculables, Hermann, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1706. Mal’tsev, A.I.: Algorithms and recursive functions, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1970 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1707. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1708. Mendelson, E.: Introduction to mathematical logic, v. Nostrand, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1709. Calude, C.: Theories of computational complexity, North-Holland, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1710. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1711. Herstein, I.: Noncommutative rings, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1712. Rowen, L.: Ring theory, I, II, Acad. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1713. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1714. Gauss, C.F.: Disquisitiones Arithmeticae, Yale Univ. Press, 1966 (translated from the Latin).

    Google Scholar 

  1715. Vinogradov, I.M.: Elements of number theory, Dover, 1954 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1716. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1717. Atiyah, M. F.: ‘Vector bundles over an elliptic curve’, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 7 (1957), 414–452.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1718. Bungart, L.: ‘On analytic fibre bundles-I. Holomorphic fibre bundles with infinite dimensional fibres’, Topology 7 (1968), 55–68.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1719. Frenkel, J.: ‘Cohomologie non Abélienne et espaces fibrés’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 85 (1957), 135–220.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1720. Grauert, H.: ‘Analytische Faserungen über holomorphvollständigen Räumen’, Math. Ann. 135 (1958), 263–273.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1721. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Sur la classification des fibres holomorphes sur la sphere de Riemann’, Amer. J. Math. 79 (1957), 121–138.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1722. Ramanathan, A.: ‘Stable principal bundles on a compact Riemann surface’, Math. Ann. 213 (1975), 129–152.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1723. Ven, A. van de: ‘Twenty years of classifying algebraic vectorbundles’, in A. Beauville (ed.): Journées de géométrie algébrique d’Angers, Sijthoff & Noordhoff, 1980, pp. 3-20.

    Google Scholar 

  1724. Hartshorne, R.: ‘Four years of algebraic vectorbundles’, in A. Beauville (ed.): Journées de géométrie algébrique d’Angers, Sijthoff & Noordhoff, 1980, pp. 21-29.

    Google Scholar 

  1725. Okonek, C., Schneider, M. and Spindler, H.: Vector bundles on complex projective spaces, Birkhäuser, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1726. Hicks, N.J.: Notes on differential geometry, v. Nostrand, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1727. Chen, B.Y.: Geometry of submanifolds, M. Dekker, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1728. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry: manifolds, curves and surfaces, Springer, 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1729. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1730. Do Carmo, M.: Differential geometry of curves and surfaces, Prentice-Hall, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1731. Guggenheimer, H.: Differential geometry, McGraw-Hill, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1732. Hilbert, D. and Cohn-Vossen, S.: Geometry and the imagination, Chelsea, reprint, 1952 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1733. O’Neill, B.: Elementary differential geometry, Acad. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1734. Spivak, M.: A comprehensive introduction to differential geometry, 1–5, Publish or Perish, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1735. Lyapin, E.S.: Semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1736. Clifford, A.H. and Preston, G.B.: The algebraic theory of semigroups, 1–2, Amer. Math. Soc., 1961–1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1737. Bishop, R.L. and Crittenden, R.J.: Geometry of manifolds, Acad. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1738. Nomizu, K.: Lie groups and differential geometry, Math. Soc. Japan, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1739. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1740. Fibre spaces and their applications, Moscow, 1958 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  1741. Steenrod, N.E.: The topology of fibre bundles, Princeton Univ. Press, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1742. Husemoller, D.: Fibre bundles, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1743. Dieudonné, J.: A history of algebraic and differential topology 1900–1960, Birkhauser, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1744. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1745. Grothendieck, A., et al. (eds.): Revêtements étales et groupe fondamental, Sem. Geom. Alg., 1, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1746. Giraud, J.: Cohomologie non abélienne, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1747. Serre, J.-P.: Cohomologie Galoisienne, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1748. Demazure, M. and Gabriel, P.: Groupes algébriques, 1, Masson, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1749. Lang, S. and Tate, J.: ‘Principal homogeneous spaces over abelian varieties’, Amer. J. Math. 80 (1958), 659–684.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1750. Lyapin, E.S.: Semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963, Chapt. IV, Sect. 3 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1751. Beran, L.: Orthomodular lattices, Reidel, 1985, p. 4ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1752. Grätzer, G.: Lattice theory, Freeman, 1971, p. 23ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1753. Kurosh, A.G.: Lectures on general algebra, Chelsea, reprint, 1963, p. 78; 86; 162 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1754. Jacobson, N.: The theory of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1943.

    Google Scholar 

  1755. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1756. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Algebraic structures. Linear algebra, 1, Addison-Wesley, 1974, Chapt.1; 2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1757. Struik, D.J.: Lectures in classical differential calculus, Dover, reprint, 1988, p. 13.

    Google Scholar 

  1758. Millman, R.S. and Parker, G.D.: Elements of differential geometry, Prentice Hall, 1977, p. 26.

    Google Scholar 

  1759. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 1, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1760. Carmichael, R.: Groups of finite order, Dover, reprint, 1956, p. 97.

    Google Scholar 

  1761. Hall, M, jr.: The theory of groups, MacMillan, 1959, p. 124.

    Google Scholar 

  1762. Huppert, B.: Endliche Gruppen, I, Springer, 1967, p. 64.

    Google Scholar 

  1763. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, II, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1764. Chetaev, N.G.: Stability of motion, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1765. Lindsay, R.B. and Margenau, H.: Foundations of physics, Dover, reprint, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1766. Germeĭer, Yu.B.: Introduction to the theory of operations research, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1767. Vorob’ev, N.N.: ‘The present state of the theory of differential games’, Russian Math. Surveys 25, no. 2 (1970), 77–136. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 25, no. 2 (1970), 81-140)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1768. Germeĭer, Yu.B.: Non-antagonistic games, Reidel, 1986 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1769. Venttsel’, E.S.: Operations research, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1770. Vilkas, E.: ‘Axiomatic definition of the value of a matrix game’, Theory Probab. Appl. 8, no. 3 (1963), 304–307. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 8, no. 3 (1963), 324-327)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1771. Basar, T. and Olsder, G.J.: Dynamic noncooperative game theory, Acad. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1772. Vorob’ev, N.N.: Game theory, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1773. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967, pp. 164-165.

    Google Scholar 

  1774. Sacks, G.E.: Degrees of unsolvability, Princeton Univ. Press, 1961

    Google Scholar 

  1775. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1776. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1777. Privalov, I.I.: Mat. Sb. 32 (1925), 464–471.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1778. Privalov, I.I.: Subharmonic functions, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1779. Brelot, M: Eléments de la théorie classique du potentiel, Sorbonne Univ. Centre Doc. Univ., Paris, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1780. Privalov, I.I.: ‘Sur les fonctions conjuguées’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 44 (1916), 100–103.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1781. Privalov, I.I.: The Cauchy integral, Saratov, 1918 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1782. Privalov, I.I.: Boundary properties of single-valued analytic functions, Moscow, 1941 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1783. Priwalow, I.I. [I.I. Privalov]: Randeigenschaften analytischer Funktionen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1784. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1–2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1785. Khvedelidze, B.V.: ‘The method of Cauchy-type integrals in the discontinuous boundary-value problems of the theory of holomorphic functions of a complex variable’, J. Soviet Math. 7, no. 3 (1977), 309–414. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Sovrem. Probl. Mat. 7 (1975), 5-162)

    Google Scholar 

  1786. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1787. Douady, A.: ‘Le problème des modules pour les sous-espaces analytiques compacts d’un espace analytique donné’, Ann. Inst. Fourier 16 (1966), 1–95.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1788. Serre, J.-P.: Cohomologie Galoisienne, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1789. Koch, H.: Galoissche Theorie der p-Erweiterungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1790. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröhlich, A. (eds.): Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1791. Golod, E.S. and Shafarevich, I.R.: ‘On the class field tower’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28, no. 2 (1964), 261–272 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1792. Kolmogorov, A.N.: Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Chelsea, reprint, 1950 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1793. Finetti, B. de: Theory of probability, 1–2, Wiley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1794. Kolmogorov, A.N.: Foundations of the theory of probability, Chelsea, reprint, 1950 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1795. Gnedenko, B,V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1796. Prokhorov, Yu.V.: ‘The method of characteristic functional’, in Proc. Fourth Berkeley Symp. Math. Stat. Probab., Vol. 2, Univ. Calif. Press, 1961, pp. 403-419.

    Google Scholar 

  1797. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1–2, Wiley, 1957–1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1798. Bol’shev, L.N. and Smirnov, N.V.: Tables of mathematical statistics, Libr. of mathematical tables, 46, Nauka, Moscow, 1983 (in Russian). Processed by L.S. Bark and E.S. Kedrova.

    Google Scholar 

  1799. Gnedenko, B.V.: A course of probability theory, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1800. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1801. Neveu, J.: Bases mathématiques du calcul des probabilités, Masson.1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1802. Loève, M.: Probability theory, I-II, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1803. Billingsley, P.: Probability and measure, Wiley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1804. Arley, N. and Buch, K.R.: Introduction to the theory of probability and statistics, Wiley, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1805. Dixon, W.J. and Massey, F.J.: Introduction to statistical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1806. Bateman, H. and Erdélyi, A.: Higher transcendental functions, 2. Bessel functions, parabolic cylinder functions, orthogonal polynomials, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1807. Jahnke, E. and Emde, F.: Tables of functions with formulae and curves, Dover, reprint, 1945 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1808. Krazer, A. and Franz, W.: Transzendente Funktionen, Akademie-Verlag, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1809. Lebedev, N.N.: Special functions and their applications, Prentice-Hall, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1810. Kolmogorov, A.N.: Foundations of the theory of probability, Chelsea, reprint, 1950 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1811. Gnedenko, B.V.: The theory of probability, Chelsea, reprint, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1812. Billingsley, P.: Probability and measure, Wiley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1813. Loève, M.: Probability theory, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1814. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1815. Ibragimov, I.A. and Linnik, Yu.V.: Independent and stationary sequences of random variables, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1816. Prokhorov, Yu. V.: ‘Multidimensional distributions: inequalities and limit theorems’, J. Soviet Math. 2, no. 5 (1976), 5–24. (Itogi Nauk, i Tekhn. 10 (1972))

    Google Scholar 

  1817. Yurinskiĭ, V.V.: ‘Exponential bounds for large deviations’, Theory Probab. Appl. 19, no. 1 (1974), 154–159. (Teor. Veroyat-nost. i Primenen. 19, no. 1 (1974), 152-153)

    Google Scholar 

  1818. Ellis, R.S.: Entropy, large deviations, and statistical mechanics, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1819. Stroock, D.W.: An introduction to the theory of large deviations, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1820. Wentzell, A.D.: Limit theorems on large deviations for Markov stochastic processes, Kluwer, 1990.

    Google Scholar 

  1821. Cramér, H.: Sur un nouveau théorème-limite de la théorie des probabilités, Actualités Sci. et Industr., 5–24, Hermann, 1938.

    Google Scholar 

  1822. Groeneboom, P., Oosterhoff, J. and Ruymgaart, F.H.: ‘Large deviation theorems for empirical probability measures’, Ann. Probl. 7 (1979), 553–586.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1823. Kolmogorov, A.N.: Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Chelsea, reprint, 1950 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1824. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1825. Neveu, J.: Mathematical foundations of the calculus of probabilities, Holden-Day, 1965 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1826. Billingsley, P.: Probability and measure, Wiley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1827. Bernoulli, J.: Ars conjectandi, Basle, 1713.

    Google Scholar 

  1828. Moivre, A. de: Doctrine of chances, Paris, 1756.

    Google Scholar 

  1829. Laplace, P.S.: Theorie analytique des probabilités, Paris, 1812.

    Google Scholar 

  1830. Chebyshev, P.L.: Oeuvres de P.L. Chebyshev, Chelsea, reprint, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1831. Liapounoff, A.M. [A.M. Lyapunov]: Nouvelle forme du théorème sur la limite de probabilité, St. Petersburg, 1901.

    Google Scholar 

  1832. Markov, A.A.:’ studies on a remarkable case of dependent trials’, Izv. Akad. N auk SSSR Ser. 6 1 (1907) (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1833. Markov, A.A.: Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Berlin, 1912 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1834. Bernshteĭn, S.N.: Probability theory, Moscow-Leningrad, 1946 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1835. Gnedenko, B.V.: The theory of probability, Chelsea, reprint, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1836. Borovkov, A.A.: Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Birkhäuser, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1837. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1–2, Wiley, 1957–1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1838. Poincaré, H.: Calcul des probabilités, Gauthier-Villars, 1912.

    Google Scholar 

  1839. Mises, R. von: Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung und ihre Anwendung in der Statistik und theoretischen Physik, Wien, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  1840. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘Probability theory’, in Mathematics in the USSR during 30 years: 1917–1947, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948, pp. 701-727 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1841. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘Probability theory’, in Mathematics in the USSR during 40 years: 1917–1957, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1959 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1842. Kolmogorov, A.N.: Grundbegriffe der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Chelsea, reprint, 1950 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1843. Prohorov, Yu.V. [Yu.V. Prokhorov]: Probability theory, Springer, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1844. Billingsley, P.: Probability and measure, Wiley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1845. Breiman, L.: Probability, Addison-Wesley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1846. Chow, Y.S. and Tercher, H.: Probability theory. Independence, interchangeability, martingales, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1847. Loève, M.: Probability theory, 1–2, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1848. Carnap, R.: The logical foundations of probability, Univ. Chicago Press, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1849. Finetti, B. de: Theory of probability, Wiley, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1850. Bauer, H.: Probability theory and elements of measure theory, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1851. Liptser, R.Sh. and Shiryayev, A.N.: Theory of martingales, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1852. Liptser, R.Sh. and Shiryayev, A.N.: Statistics of random processes, I–II, Springer, 1977–1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1853. Paulaskas, V. and Rackauskas, A.: Approximation theory in the central limit theorem, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1854. Gihman, I.I. [I.I. Gikhman] and Skorohod, A.V. [A.V. Skorokhod]: The theory of stochastic processes, I–III, Springer, 1974–1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1855. Dynkin, E.B.: Markov processes, I–II, Springer, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1856. Wentzell, A.D.: Limit theorems on large deviations for Markov stochastic processes, Kluwer, 1990 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1857. Skorohod, A.V.: Random processes with independent increments, Kluwer, 1991 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1858. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966, Sect. 15.6.

    Google Scholar 

  1859. Dubois, Ph.H.: Introduction to psychological statistics, Harper & Row, 1965, p. 287.

    Google Scholar 

  1860. Hopcroft, J.E. and Ullman, J.D.: Introduction to automata theory, languages and computation, Addison-Wesley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1861. Whittaker, E. and Robinson, G.: The calculus of observations, Blackie, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  1862. Linnik, Yu.V.: Methoden der kleinsten Quadrate in moderner Darstellung, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1863. Daletskiĭ, Yu.L. and Kreĭn, M.G.: Stability of solutions of differential equations in Banach space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1864. Daletskiĭ, Yu. L.: ‘Functional integrals connected with operator evolution equations’, Russian Math. Surveys 17, no. 5 (1962), 1–107. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 17, no. 5 (1962), 3-115)

    Google Scholar 

  1865. Potapov, V.P.: ‘The multiplicative structure of J-contractive matrix functions’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 4 (1955), 125–236 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1866. Ginzburg, Yu.P.: ‘Multiplicative representations of J-contractive operator functions I’, Mat. Issled. (Kishinev) 2, no. 2 (1967), 52–83 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1867. Reed, M. and Simon, B.: Methods of modern mathematical physics, 2, Acad. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1868. Dollard, J.D. and Friedman, Ch.N.: Product integration, Addison-Wesley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1869. Tsalenko, M.Sh. and Shul’geĭfer, E.G.: Fundamentals of category theory, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1870. MacLane, S.: ‘Duality for groups’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 56 (1950), 485–516.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1871. MacLane, S.: Categories for the working mathematician, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1872. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1873. Odifreddi, P.: Classical recursion theory, North-Holland, 1989, p. 306ff.

    Google Scholar 

  1874. Serre, J.-P.: Cohomologie Galoisienne, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1875. Koch, H.: Galoissche Theorie der p-Erweiterungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1876. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröhlich, A.: Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1877. Ershov, A.P.: ‘Human and aesthetic factors in programming’, Cybernetics 8, no. 5 (1972), 809–813. (Kibernetika 8, no. 5 (1972), 95-99)

    Google Scholar 

  1878. Turski, W.M.: Methodology of programming, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1879. Aho, A. and Ullman, J.: The theory of parsing, translation and compiling, 2, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1880. Ershov, A.P. (ed.): The ALPHA automatic programming system, Acad. Press, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1881. Kas’yanov, V.N. and Pottosin, I.V.: The technology of translation, Novosibirsk, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1882. Kas’yanov, V.N.: Optimizing program transformations, Moscow, 1988 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1883. Lyubimskiĭ, E.Z., Martinyuk, V.V. and Trifonov, N.P.: Programming, Moscow, 1980 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1884. Dykstra, E.W.: A discipline of programming, Prentice-Hall, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1885. Meyer, B. and Baudoin, C: Méthodes de programmation, 1–2, Eyrolles, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1886. Gries, D.: The science of programming, Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1887. Krinitskii, N.A., Mironov, G.A. and Frolov, T.D.: Programming and algorithmic languages, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1888. Pratt, T.: Programming languages: design and implementation, Prentice-Hall, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1889. Tennent, R.D.: Principles of programming languages, Prentice Hall, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1890. Henson, M.C.: Elements of functional languages, Blackwell, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1891. King, K.N.: Modula-2, Heath, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1892. Kerninghan, B.W. and Ritchie, D.M.: The C programming language, Prentice Hall, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1893. Condillac, M.: Prolog, Dunod, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1894. Findlay, W. and Watt, D.A.: Pascal, Pitman, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1895. Malcolm, D.G., Rosenboom, J.H., Clark, C.E. and Fazar, W.: ‘Applications of a technique for research and development program evaluation’, Operations Research 7, no. 5 (1959), 646–669.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1896. Kelley, J.E., Jr. and Walker, M.R.: ‘Critical path planning and scheduling’, in Proc. Eastern Joint Computer Conference, Boston, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1897. Roy, B.: Cheminement et connexité dans les graphes. Application aux problèmes d’ordonnancement, Dunod, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1898. Adel’son, G.M.: ‘On some aspects of project management’, in A.A. Fridman (ed.): Studies in Discrete Mathematics, Moscow, 1973, pp. 105-134 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1899. Fulkerson, D.R.: ‘A network flow computation for project cost curves’, Manag. Sci. 7 (1961), 161–178.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1900. Kelley, J.E., Jr.: ‘Critical path planning and scheduling. Mathematical basis’, Operations Research 9 (1961), 296–320.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1901. Levner, E.V. and Nemirovsky, A.S.: ‘A network flow algorithm for just-in-time project scheduling’, in Proc. Sem. Project Management and Scheduling, Compiegne, 1990.

    Google Scholar 

  1902. Ford, L.R., Jr. and Fulkerson, D.R.: Flows in networks, Princeton Univ. Press, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1903. Moder, J.J. and Phillips, C.R.: Project management with CPM and PERT, v. Nostrand Reinhold, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1904. Lawler, E.L.: Combinatorial optimization: networks and matroids, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1905. Lawler, E.L., Lenstra, J.K., Rinnooy Kan, A.H.G. and Shmoys, D.B.: Sequencing and scheduling: algorithms and complexity, Report BS-R8909, CWI, Amsterdam, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1906. Antonisse, J.M., Hee, K.M. van and Lenstra, J.K.: ‘Exercise-constrained project scheduling: an international exercise in DSS development’, in A. Lewandowski (ed.): Internat. Comparative Study in DSS, NASA, Laxenburg, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1907. Berger, M.: Geometry, I, Springer, 1987, Sect. 2.4.9.6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1908. Birman, M.S. and Solomyak, M.Z.: Spectral theory of self-adjoint operators in Hilbert space, Reidel, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1909. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, I, Wiley, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1910. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A., et al.: Approximate solution of operator equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1911. Fletcher, C.A.J.: Computational Galerkin methods, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1912. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Une définition des nombres de Betti pour un ensemble fermé quelconque’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 184 (1927), 317–319.

    Google Scholar 

  1913. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘Untersuchungen über Gestalt und Lage abgeschlossener Mengen beliebiger Dimension’, Ann. of Math. 30 (1929), 101–187.

    Google Scholar 

  1914. Aleksandrov, P.S.: ‘On the concept of space in topology’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 2, no. 1 (1947), 5–57 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1915. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Einführung in die Mengenlehre und die allgemeine Topologie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1916. Aleksandrov, P.S. and Ponomarev, V.I.: ‘Projection spectra’, in J. Novák (ed.): General Topology and Its Relations to Modern Analysis and Algebra, Vol. 2, Czechoslovak. Acad. Sci., 1967, pp. 25-30 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1917. Aleksandrov, P.S. and Fedorchuk, V.V.: ‘The main aspects in the development of set-theoretical topology’, Russian Math. Surveys 33, no. 3 (1978), 1–53. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 33, no. 3 (1978), 3-48)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1918. Ponomarev, V.I.: ‘Projective spectra and continuous mappings of paracompacta’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 39 (1964), 133–164. (Mat. Sb. 60, no. 1 (1963), 89-119)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1919. Zaĭtsev, V.I.: ‘Projection spectra’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 27 (1972), 135–200. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 27 (1972), 129-119)

    Google Scholar 

  1920. Eilenberg, S. and Steenrod, N.: Foundations of algebraic topology, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1921. Mardešić, S.: ‘On covering dimension and inverse limits of compact spaces’, III. J. Math. 4 (1960), 278–291.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1922. Mardešić, S. and Rubin, L.: ‘Approximate inverse systems of compacta and covering dimension’, Pacific J. Math. 138 (1989), 129–144.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1923. Mardešić, S. and Segal, J.: ‘Stability of almost commutative inverse systems for compacta’, Topology Appl. 31 (1989), 285–299.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1924. Pasynkov, B.A.: ‘On spectra and dimension of topological spaces’, Mat. Sb. 57 (99) (1962), 449–476 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1925. Hodge, W.V.D. and Pedoe, D.: Methods of algebraic geometry, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1926. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1927. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Teubner, reprint, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1928. Baer, R.: Linear algebra and projective geometry, Acad. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1929. Coxeter, H.S.M.: The real projective plane, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1930. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1931. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1–2, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1932. Mumford, D.: Algebraic geometry, 1: Complex projective varieties, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1933. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1934. Cartan, E.: ‘Sur les variétés à connexion protective’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 52 (1924), 205–241.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1935. Cartan, E.: Leçons sur la théorie des espaces à connexionprojective, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  1936. Kobayashi, S. and Nagano, T.: ‘On projective connections’, J. Math, and Mech. 13, no. 2 (1964), 215–235.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1937. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1938. Hodge, W.V.D. and Pedoe, D.: Methods of algebraic geometry, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1939. Bass, H.: ‘Finitistic homological dimension and a homological generalization of semi-primary rings’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 95 (1960), 466–488.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1940. Popescu, N.: Abelian categories with applications to rings and modules, Acad. Press, 1973, Sect. 3.10.

    Google Scholar 

  1941. Finikov, S.P.: Projective-differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1942. Norden, A.P.: Spaces with an affine connection, Moscow-Leningrad, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1943. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1944. Efimov, N.V.: Higher geometry, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1945. Glagolev, N.A.: Projective geometry, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1946. Busemann, H. and Kelly, P.J.: Projective geometry and projective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1947. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1948. Wilczynski, F.: ‘Geometria projectiva differenziale’, Mém. Acad. Belgique 3, no. 2 (1911).

    Google Scholar 

  1949. Fubini, G. and Čech, E.: Geometria projettiva differenziale, 1–2, Zanichelli, 1926-1927.

    Google Scholar 

  1950. Bol, G.: Projektive Differentialgeometrie, 1–3, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1950–1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1951. Finikov, S.P.: Projective differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1952. Finikov, S.P.: Theorie der Kongruenzen, Akademie-Verlag, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1953. Norden, A.P.: Spaces with an affine connection, Nauka, Moscow-Leningrad, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1954. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1955. Cartan, E.: Leçons sur la théorie des espaces à connexion projective, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  1956. Fubini, G. and Čech, E.: Introduction à la géométrie projective différentielle des surfaces, Gauthier-Villars, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  1957. Glagolev, N.A.: Projective geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1958. Hilbert, D. and Cohn-Vossen, S.E.: Anschauliche Geometrie, Springer, 1932.

    Google Scholar 

  1959. Coxeter, H.S.M.: The real projective plane, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1960. Hilbert, D.: Grundlagen der Geometrie, Springer, 1913.

    Google Scholar 

  1961. Hartshorne, R.: Foundations of projective geometry, Benjamin, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1962. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1963. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Lectures on analytic geometry, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1964. Efimov, N.V. and Rozendorn, E.R.: Linear algebra and multi-dimensional geometry, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1965. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1966. Veblen, O. and Young, J.W.: Projective geometry, 1–2, Blaisdell, 1938–1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1967. Blaschke, W.: Projektive Geometrie, Wolfenbütteler Verlagsanstalt, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1968. Dieudonné, J.A.: La géométrie des groupes classiques, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1969. Carter, R.W.: Simple groups of Lie type, Wiley, 1972, Chapt. 1.

    Google Scholar 

  1970. Kan, D.M.: ‘Adjoint functors’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 87 (1958), 294–329.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1971. MacLane, S.: Categories for the working mathematician, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1972. Busemann, H. and Kelley, P.J.: Projective geometry andprojective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1973. ‘Hilbert’s problems’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1902), 437-479 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1974. Busemann, H.: The geometry of geodesics, Acad. Press, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1975. Busemann, H.: Metric methods in Finster spaces and in the foundations of geometry, Princeton Univ. Press, 1942.

    Google Scholar 

  1976. Cartan, H. and Eilenberg, S.: Homological algebra, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1977. Kaplansky, J.: ‘Protective modules’, Ann. of Math. 68, no. 2 (1958), 372–377.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1978. Suslin, A.A.: ‘Projective modules over a polynomial ring are free’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 17, no. 4 (1976), 1160–1164. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 229, no. 5 (1976), 1063-1066)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1979. Quillen, D.: ‘Projective modules over polynomial rings’, Invent. Math. 36 (1976), 167–171.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1980. Bass, H.: Algebraic K-theory, Benjamin, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1981. Serre, J.-P.: ‘Faisceaux algébriques cohérents’, Ann. of Math. 61 (1975), 197–278.

    Google Scholar 

  1982. Lam, T.Y.: Serre’s conjecture, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1983. Ojanguran, M. and Sridharan, R.: ‘Cancellation of Azumaya algebras’, J. of Algebra 18 (1971), 501–505.

    Google Scholar 

  1984. Kunz, E.: Introduction to commutative algebra and algebraic geometry, Birkhäuser, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1985. Shirokov, P.A. and Shirokov, A.P.: Differentialgeometrie, Teubner, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1986. Norden, A.P.: Spaces with an affine connection, Nauka, Moscow-Leningrad, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1987. Finikov, S.P.: Projective differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1988. Bol, G.: Projektive differentialgeometrie, I, II, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1989. Cartan, E.: Leçons sur la theorie des espaces à connexion projective, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  1990. Fubini, G. and Čech, E.: Introduction à la géométrie projective différentielle des surfaces, Gauthier-Villars, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  1991. Cartan, H. and Eilenberg, S.: Homological algebra, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1992. MacLane, S.: Homology, Springer, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1993. Blass, A.R.: ‘Injectivity, projectivity and the axiom of choice’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 255 (1979), 31–59.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1994. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Projective geometry, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1995. Baer, R.: Linear algebra and projective geometry, Acad. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1996. Skornyakov, L.A.: ‘Projective planes’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 6, no. 6 (1951), 112–154 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  1997. Karteszi, F.: Introduction to finite geometries, North-Holland, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1998. Hall, M: The theory of groups, MacMillan, 1959, Chapt. 20.

    Google Scholar 

  1999. Dembowski, P.: Finite geometries, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  2000. Room, T.G. and Kirkpatrick, P.B.: Miniquaternion geometry, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  2001. Kantor, W.M.: ‘Primitive permutation groups of odd degree, and an application to finite projective planes’, J. Algebra 106 (1987), 15–45.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2002. Pickert, G.: Projektive Ebenen, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2003. Hughes, D.R. and Piper, F.C.: Projective planes, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2004. Lüneburg, H.: Translation planes, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  2005. Staudt, K.G.C. von: Beiträge zur Geometrie der Lage, I, Nürnberg, 1865.

    Google Scholar 

  2006. Fano, G.: ‘Sui postulati fondamentali della geometria proiettiva’, Giornale di Mat. 30 (1892), 106–132.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2007. Singer, I.: ‘A theorem in finite projective geometry and some applications to number theory’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 43 (1938), 377–385.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2008. Kirillov, A.A.: Elements of the theory of representations, Springer, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2009. Curtis, C. and Reiner, I.: Representation theory of finite groups and associative algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  2010. Mackey, G.W.: ‘Unitary representations of group extensions, I’, Acta Math. 99 (1958), 265–311.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2011. Bargmann, V.: ‘Irreducible unitary representations of the Lorentz group’, Ann. of Math. 48 (1947), 568–640.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2012. Curtis, C. and Reiner, I.: Methods of representation theory, 1–2, Wiley, 1981–1987.

    Google Scholar 

  2013. Isaacs, I.M.: Character theory of finite groups, Acad. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  2014. Mumford, D.: Algebraic geometry, 1. Complex projective varieties, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  2015. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2016. Lusin, N.N.: ‘Sur les ensembles projectifs de M. Henri Lebesgue’, CR. Acad. Sci. Paris 180 (1925), 1572–1574.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2017. Sierpiński, W.: ‘Sur une classe d’ensembles’, Fund. Math. 7 (1925), 237–243.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2018. Kuratowski, K.: Topology, 1, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2019. Kuratowski, K. and Mostowski, A.: Set theory, North-Holland, 1976 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  2020. Sierpinski, W.: Les ensembles projectifs et analytiques, Gauthier-Villars, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  2021. Luzin, N.N.: Collected works, Vol. 2, Moscow, 1958, p. 242; 268 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2022. Jech, T.J.: Set theory, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2023. Hinman, P.: Recursion-theoretic hierarchies, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2024. Novikov, P.S.: Selected works, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2025. Kozlova, Z.I.: ‘On projective operations and the separability of projective sets’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 26, no. 2 (1962), 223–260 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2026. Kantorovich, L.V. and Livenson, E.M.: Fund. Math. 18 (1932), 214–279.

    Google Scholar 

  2027. Martin, D.A.: ‘Descriptive set theory: projective sets’, in J. Barwise (ed.): Handbook of Mathematical Logic, North-Holland, 1977, pp. 783-815.

    Google Scholar 

  2028. Moschovakis, Y.: ‘New methods and results in descriptive set theory’, in Proc. Internat. Congress Mathematicians, Vancouver 1974, Vol. 1, Canad. Math. Congres, 1975, pp. 251-257.

    Google Scholar 

  2029. Kanoveĭ, V.G.: ‘On some problems of descriptive set theory and the connection between constructability and definability’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 22, no. 1 (1980), 163–167. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 253, no. 4 (1980), 800-803)

    Google Scholar 

  2030. Lyubetskiĭ, V.A.: ‘Random sequences of numbers, and A 2-sets’, in Studies in Set Theory and Non-Classical Logics, Moscow, 1976, pp. 96-122 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2031. Kechris, A.: ‘On transfinite sequences of projective sets with an application to ∑2 equivalence relations’, in Logic Colloquium’ 77, North-Holland, 1978, pp. 155-160.

    Google Scholar 

  2032. Mauldin, R.: ‘Non-isomorphic projective sets’, Mathematika 23, no. 2 (1976), 151–155.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2033. Marcus, S.: ‘Hamelsche Basis und projective Mengen’, Math. Nachr. 17, no. 3–6 (1959), 143–150.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2034. Kozlova, Z.I. and Filippov, V.P.: ‘Classes of projective sets in certain topological spaces of uncountable weight II’, Soviet Math. Izv. Vuz. 22, no. 7 (1978), 27–31. (Izv. Vyzov. Mat. 7 (1978), 33-39)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2035. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  2036. Hodge, W.V.D. and Pedoe, D.: Methods of algebraic geometry, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  2037. Dembowski, P.: Finite geometries, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  2038. Segre, B.: Lectures on modern geometry, Cremonese, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  2039. Veblen, O. and Young, J.W.: Projective geometry, 1–2, Blaisdell, 1938–1946.

    Google Scholar 

  2040. Baer, R.: Linear algebra and projective geometry, Acad. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  2041. Mumford, D.: Lectures on curves on an algebraic surface, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  2042. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Eléments de géométrie algébrique’, Publ. Math. IHES 1–4 (1960–1967).

    Google Scholar 

  2043. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2044. Glagolev, N.A.: Projective geometry, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2045. Shafarevich, I.R.: Basic algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2046. Hughes, D.R. and Piper, F.C.: Projective planes, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2047. Kustaanheimo, P.: ‘On a relation of order in geometries over a Galois field’, Soc. Sci. Fenn. Comment. Phys.-Math. 20, no. 8 (1957).

    Google Scholar 

  2048. Veblen, O. and Young, J.W.: Projective geometry, 1, Blaisdell, 1938.

    Google Scholar 

  2049. Hirschfeld, J.W.P.: Projective geometries over finite fields, Clarendon Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  2050. Baer, R.: Linear algebra and projective geometry, Acad. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  2051. Hodge, W.V.D. and Pedoe, D.: Methods of algebraic geometry, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  2052. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, Wiley-Interscience, 1988, Chapts. X; XV.

    Google Scholar 

  2053. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2054. Arnol’d, V.I.: Ordinary differential equations, M.I.T., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2055. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2056. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  2057. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2058. Cesari, L.: Asymptotic behavior and stability problems in ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  2059. Wintner, A.: ‘The non-local existence problem of ordinary differential equations’, Amer. J. Math. 67 (1945), 277–284.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2060. Shemetkov, L.A.: Formations of finite groups, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2061. Robinson, D.J.S.: A course in the theory of groups, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2062. Kleene, S.C.: Mathematical logic, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  2063. Fraenkel, A. and Bar-Hille, Y.: Foundations of set theory, North-Holland, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  2064. Ershov, Yu.L., Lavrov, I.A., Taimanov, A.D. and Taĭtslin, M.A.: ‘Elementary theories’, Russian Math. Surveys 20, no. 4 (1965), 35–105. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk. 20, no. 4 (1965), 37-108)

    Google Scholar 

  2065. Takeuti, G.: Proof theory, North-Holland, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2066. Girard, J.-Y.: Proof theory and logical complexity, 1, Bibliopolis, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  2067. Bell, J. and Machover, M.: A course in mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2068. Manin, Yu.L.: A course in mathematical logic, Springer, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2069. Barwise, J. (ed.): Handbook of mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2070. Grothendieck, A. and Dieudonné, J.: ‘Eléments de géométrie algébrique’, Publ. Math. IHES 2–3 (1961–1963).

    Google Scholar 

  2071. Artin, M., Grothendieck, A. and Verdier, J.L. (eds.): ‘Théorie des topos et cohomologie étale des schémas’, in SGA 4, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 269; 270; 305, Springer, 1972–1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2072. Grothendieck, A. (ed.): ‘Revêtements étales et groupe fondamental’, in SGA 1, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 224, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  2073. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2074. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. General topology, Chapt. I, §10, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2075. Church, A.: Introduction to mathematical logic, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  2076. Church, A.: Introduction to mathematical logic, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  2077. Bell, J. and Machover, M.: A course in mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2078. Wójcicki, R.: Theory of logical calculi, Kluwer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  2079. Tarski, A.: Introduction to logic, Oxford Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  2080. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  2081. Strawson, P.F.: Introduction to logical theory, Methuen, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  2082. Bell, J. and Machover, M.: A course in mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2083. Mendelson, E.: Introduction to mathematical logic, v. Nostrand, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  2084. Ziembinski, Z.: Practical logic, Reidel, 1976, Chapt. V, § 5.

    Google Scholar 

  2085. Wójcicki, R.: Theory of logical calculi, Kluwer, 1988, p. 13; 61.

    Google Scholar 

  2086. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1959, p. 144; 226.

    Google Scholar 

  2087. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland & Noordhoff, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  2088. Wójcicki, R.: Theory of logical calculi, Kluwer, 1988, p. 12.

    Google Scholar 

  2089. Efremovich, V.A.: ‘Infinitesimal spaces’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 76 (1951), 341–343 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2090. Efremovich, V.A.: ‘Geometry of proximities I’, Mat. Sb. 31 (73), no. 1 (1952), 189–200 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2091. Riesz, F.:’ stetigkeitsbegriff und abstrakte Mengen’, in Internat. Congress Mathematicians IV, Rome, Vol. 2, R. Accad. Lincei, Rome, 1909, pp. 18-24.

    Google Scholar 

  2092. Smirnov, Yu. M.: ‘On proximity spaces’, Mat. Sb. 31 (73), no. 3 (1952), 543–574 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2093. Smirnov, Yu. M.: ‘On the completeness of proximity spaces I’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 3 (1954), 271–306 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2094. Smirnov, Yu. M.: ‘On the completeness of proximity spaces II’, Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 4 (1955), 421–438 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2095. Smirnov, Yu. M.: ‘On dimensions of proximity spaces’, Mat. Sb. 38(80), no. 3 (1956), 283–302 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2096. Polyakov, V.Z.: ‘Regularity and the product of proximity spaces’, Mat. Sb. 67 (109), no. 3 (1965), 428–439 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2097. Polyakov, V.Z.: ‘On the regularity of the proximity product of regular spaces’, Mat. Sb. 68 (110), no. 2 (1965), 242–250 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2098. Polyakov, V.Z.: ‘On extension of Cartesian products’, Math. USSR-Sb. 5, no. 4 (1968), 559–569 (Mat. Sb. 76 (118), no. 4 (1968), 593-604)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2099. Samuel, P.: ‘Ultrafilters and compactifications of uniform spaces’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 64 (1948), 100–132.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2100. Isbell, J.R.: ‘On finite-dimensional uniform spaces’, Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959), 107–121.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2101. Naimpally, S.A. and Warrack, B.D.: Proximity spaces, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  2102. Radó, T.: ‘Ueber den Begriff der Riemannschen Flächen’, Acta Szeged 2 (1925), 101–121.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2103. Calabi, E. and Rosenlicht, M.: ‘Complex analytic manifolds without countable base’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953), 335–340.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2104. Springer, G.: Introduction to Riemann surfaces, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  2105. Nevanlinna, R.: Uniformisierung, Springer, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  2106. Bing, R.H.: ‘A homogeneous indecomposable plane continuum’, Duke Math. J. 15 (1948), 729–742.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2107. Bing, R.H.: ‘On snake-like continua’, Duke Math. J. 18 (1951), 853–863.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2108. Bing, R.H.: ‘Concerning hereditarily indecomposable continua’, Pacific J. Math. 1 (1951), 43–51.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2109. Bing, R.H.: ‘Each homogeneous nondegenerate chainable continuum is a pseudo-arc’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959), 345–346.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2110. Krasinkiewicz, J.: ‘Mapping properties of hereditarily indecomposable continua’, Houston J. Math. 8 (1982), 507–516.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2111. Krasinkiewicz, J. and Minc, P.: ‘Mappings onto indecomposable continua’, Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. 25 (1977), 675–680.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2112. Moïse, E.E.: ‘An indecomposable plane continuum which is homeomorphic to each of its non-degenerate subcontinua’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 63 (1948), 581–594.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2113. Oversteegen, L. and Tymchatyn, E.: ‘On hereditarily indecomposable compacta’, in H. Toruńczyk, S. Jackowski and S. Spiez (eds.): Geometric & Algebraic Topology, Banach Center Publ., Vol. 18, P.W.N., 1986, pp. 407-417.

    Google Scholar 

  2114. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2115. Skolem, T.: ‘Untersuchungen über die Axiome des Klassenkalküls und über Produktations-und Summationsprobleme, welche gewisse Klassen von Aussagen betreffen’, in Selected works in logic, Universitetsforlaget Oslo, 1970, pp. 67-101.

    Google Scholar 

  2116. McKinsey, J.C.C. and Tarski, A.: ‘On closed elements in closure algebras’, Ann. of Math. 47 (1946), 122–162.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2117. Rasiowa, H. and Sikorski, R.: The mathematics of metamathematics, PWN, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  2118. Dragalin, A.G.: Mathematical intuitionism: an introduction to proof theory, Amer. Math. Soc., 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2119. Fourman, M.P. and Scott, D.S.:’ sheaves and logic’, in C.J. Mulvey, M.P. Fourman and D.S. Scott (eds.): Applications of Sheaves, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 753, Springer, 1979, pp. 302-401.

    Google Scholar 

  2120. Balbes, R. and Dwinger, P.: Distributive lattices, Univ. of Missouri Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  2121. Freyd, P.J.: ‘Aspects of topoi’, Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 7 (1972), 1–76.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2122. Johnstone, P.T.: Stone spaces, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2123. Rasiowa, H.: An algebraic approach to non-classical logics, North-Holland, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  2124. Urquhart, A.: ‘Free Heyting algebras’, Algebra Universalis 3 (1973), 94–97.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2125. Vickers, S.: Topology via logic, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  2126. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2127. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V.: ‘Classes of topological groups’, Russian Math. Surveys 36, no. 3 (1981), 151–174. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 36, no. 3 (1981), 127-146)

    Google Scholar 

  2128. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  2129. Kunen, K. and Vaughan, J.E. (eds.): Handbook of set-theoretic topology, North-Holland, 1984, Chapts. 1–2.

    Google Scholar 

  2130. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  2131. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.l.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984, p. 136 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2132. Ermine, J.: ‘Cohérence de certaines images directes à supports propres dans le cas d’un morphisme fortement p-convexe’, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa Cl. Sci. 6 (1979), 1–18.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2133. Onishchik, A.L.: ‘Pseudoconvexity in the theory of complex spaces’, J. Soviet Math. 14 (1980), 1363–1407. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra Topol. Geom. 15 (1977), 93-171)

    Google Scholar 

  2134. Catlin, D.: ‘Boundary invariants of pseudo-convex domains’, Ann. of Math. 120 (1984), 529–586.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2135. Catlin, D.: ‘Subelliptic estimates for the \(\bar \partial \)-Neumann problem on pseudo-convex domains’, Ann. of Math. 126 (1987), 131–191.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2136. d’Angelo, J.: ‘Real hy persurfaces, orders of contact, and applications’, Ann. of Math. 115 (1982), 615–637.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2137. d’Angelo, J.: ‘Finite type conditions for real hypersurfaces in C n’, in S.G. Krantz (ed.): Complex Analysis, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 1268, Springer, 1987, pp. 83-110.

    Google Scholar 

  2138. Fefferman, C.L. and Kohn, J.J.: ‘Hölder estimates on domains of complex dimension two and on three dimensional CR manifolds’, Adv. in Math. 69 (1988), 223–303.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2139. Folland, G.B. and Kohn, J.J.: The Neumann problem for the Cauchy—Riemann complex, Ann. of Math. Studies, 75, Princeton Univ. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  2140. Greiner, P.: ‘On subelliptic estimates of the \(\bar \partial \)-Neumann problem in C2’, J. Diff. Geometry 9 (1974), 239–250.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2141. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 3, Springer, 1985, Chapt. 22.

    Google Scholar 

  2142. Kohn, J.J.: ‘Boundary behavior of \(\bar \partial \) on weakly pseudo-convex domains’, J. Diff. Geometry 6 (1972), 523–542.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2143. Kohn, J.J. and Nirenberg, L.: ‘A pseudo-convex domain not admitting a holomorphic support function’, Math. Ann. 201 (1973), 265–268.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2144. Sibony, N.: ‘Une classe de domaines pseudo-convexes’, Duke Math. J. 55 (1987), 299–319.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2145. Henkin, G.M. and Leiterer, J.: Andreotti—Grauert theory by integral formulas, Akad. Verlag, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  2146. Henkin, G.M. and Leiterer, J.: Theory of functions on complex manifolds, Birkhäuser, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  2147. Krantz, S.G.: Function theory of several complex variables, Wiley, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2148. Range, R.M.: Holomorphic functions and integral representations in several complex variables, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  2149. Kohn, J.J. and Nirenberg, L.: ‘An algebra of pseudo-differential operators’, Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 18, no. 1–2 (1965), 269–305.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2150. Hörmander, L.: ‘Pseudo-differential operators’, Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 18, no. 3 (1965), 501–517.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2151. Kohn, J.J. and Nirenberg, L.: ‘Non-coercive boundary value problems’, Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 18, no. 3 (1965), 443–492.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2152. Hörmander, L.: ‘Pseudo-differential operators and non-elliptic boundary problems’, Ann. of Math. 83, no. 1 (1966), 129–209.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2153. Hörmander, L.: ‘Pseudo-differential operators and hypoelliptic equations’, in A.P. Calderòn (ed.): Singular Integrals, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 10, Amer. Math. Soc., 1966, pp. 138-183.

    Google Scholar 

  2154. Agranovich, M.S. and Vishik, M.I.: Pseudo-differential operators, Moscow, 1988 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2155. Eskin, G.I.: Boundary value problems for elliptic pseudodifferential equations, Amer. Math. Soc., 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2156. Grushin, V.V.: Pseudodifferential operators, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2157. Shubin, M.A.: Pseudodifferential operators and spectral theory, Springer, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2158. Friedrichs, K.O.: Pseudo-differential operators, Courant Inst., 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  2159. Trèves, F.: Introduction to pseudodifferential and Fourier integral operators, 1-2, Plenum, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  2160. Taylor, M.: Pseudo-differential operators, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  2161. Kumanogo, H.: Pseudo-differential operators, M.I.T., 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  2162. Duistermaat, J.: Fourier integral operators, Courant Inst., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2163. Maslov, V.P. and Fedoryuk, M.V.: Quasi-classical approximation for the equations of quantum mechanics, Reidel, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2164. Agranovich, M.S.: ‘Elliptic singular integro-differential operators’, Russian Math. Surveys 20, no. 5 (1965), 1–121. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 20, no. 5 (1965), 3-120)

    Google Scholar 

  2165. Boutet de Monvel, L.: ‘Boundary value problems for pseudodifferential operators’, Acta Math. 126 (1971), 11–51.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2166. Hörmander, L.: ‘The Weyl calculus of pseudo-differential operators’, Commun. Pure Appl. Math. 32, no. 3 (1979), 359–443.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2167. Cordes, H.O.: Elliptic pseudo-differential operators — an abstract theory, Lecture notes in math., 756, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  2168. Cordes, H.O.: Spectral theory of linear differential operators and comparison algebras, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  2169. Egorov, Yu.V.: Linear differential equations of principal type, Consultants Bureau, 1986 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2170. Grubb, G.: Functional calculus of pseudo-differential boundary problems, Birkhäuser, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  2171. Helffer, B.: ‘Théorie spectrale pour des opérateurs globalement elliptiques’, Astérisque 112 (1984).

    Google Scholar 

  2172. Hörmander, L.: ‘Pseudo-differential operators of type 1,1’, Comm. Partial Diff Eq. 13, no. 9 (1988), 1085–1111.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2173. Hörmander, L.: ‘Continuity of pseudo-differential operators of type 1,1’, Comm. Partial Diff. Eq. 14, no. 2 (1989), 231–243.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  2174. Ivrii, V.: Precise spectral asymptotics for elliptic operators, Lecture notes in math., 1100, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  2175. Rempel, S. and Schulze, B.-W.: Index theory of elliptic boundary problems, Akad. Verlag, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2176. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 1–4, Springer, 1983–1985.

    Google Scholar 

  2177. Plamenevskiĭ, B.A.: Algebras of pseudodifferential operators, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2178. Taylor, M: Pseudodifferential operators, Princeton Univ. Press, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  2179. Chazarain, J. and Piriou, A.: Introduction to the theory of linear partial differential equations, North-Holland, 1982 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2180. Efimov, N.V. and Rozendorn, E.R.: Linear algebra and multi-dimensional geometry, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2181. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Multi-dimensional spaces, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2182. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: The classical theory of fields, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2183. Witt, E.: Theorie der quadratischen Formen in beliebigen Körpern’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 176 (1937), 31–44.

    Google Scholar 

  2184. Dieudonné, J.: La géométrie des groupes classiques, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  2185. Hawking, S. and Ellis, G.: The large scale structure of space-time, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2186. Misner, C, Thorne, K. and Wheeler, J.: Gravitation, Freeman, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2187. O’Neill, B.: Semi-Riemannian geometry, Acad. Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  2188. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Non-Euclidean spaces, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2189. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  2190. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2191. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  2192. Cartan, E.:’ sur la structure des groupes infinis de transformations’, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1953, pp. 571-624.

    Google Scholar 

  2193. Cartan, E.:’ sur la structure des groupes infinis de transformations’, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1953, pp. 625-714.

    Google Scholar 

  2194. Cartan, E.: ‘Les groupes de transformations continus, infinis, simples’, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1953, pp. 857-925.

    Google Scholar 

  2195. Cartan, E.: ‘Les groupes de transformations continus, infinis, simples’, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 2, Gauthier-Villars, 1953, pp. 1335-1384.

    Google Scholar 

  2196. Guillemin, V.: ‘Infinite dimensional primitive Lie algebras’, J. Diff. Geom. 4, no. 3 (1970), 257–282.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2197. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  2198. Kobayashi, S. and Nagano, T.: ‘On filtered Lie algebras and geometric structures I’, J. Math. Mech. 13, no. 5 (1964), 875–907.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2199. Kobayashi, S. and Nagano, T.: ‘On filtered Lie algebras and geometric structures III’, J. Math. Mech. 14, no. 5 (1965), 679–706.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2200. Kuranishi, M.: ‘On the local theory of continuous infinite pseudo groups I’, Nagoya Math. J. 15 (1959), 225–260.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2201. Kuranishi, M.: ‘On the local theory of continuous infinite pseudo groups II’, Nagoya Math. J. 19 (1961), 55–91.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2202. Libermann, P.: ‘Pseudogroupes infinitésimaux attachées aux pseudogroupes de Lie’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 87, no. 4 (1959), 409–425.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2203. Shnider, S.: ‘The classification of real primitive infinite Lie algebras’, J. Diff Geom. 4, no. 1 (1970), 81–89.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2204. Singer, I.M. and Sternberg, S.: ‘The infinite groups of Lie and Cartan. I. The transitive groups’, J. d’Anal. Math. 15 (1965), 1–114.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2205. Wilson, R.L.: ‘Irreducible Lie algebras of infinite type’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29, no. 2 (1971), 243–249.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2206. Albert, C. and Molino, P.: Pseudogroupes de Lie transitifs, I-II, Hermann, 1984–1987.

    Google Scholar 

  2207. Pommaret, J.F.: Systems of partial differential equations and Lie pseudogroups, Gordon & Breach, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2208. Cartan, E.: La géométrie des espaces Riemanniennes, Gauthier-Villars, 1925.

    Google Scholar 

  2209. Guillemin, V. and Sternberg, S.: Deformation theory of pseudogroup structures, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc., 64, Amer. Math. Soc., 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  2210. Pollack, A.S.: ‘The integrability of pseudogroup structures’, J. Diff. Geom. 9, no. 3 (1974), 355–390.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2211. Griffiths, P.A.: ‘Deformations of G-structures. Part A: General theory of deformations’, Math. Ann. 155, no. 4 (1964), 292–315.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2212. Griffiths, P.A.: ‘Deformations of G-structures. Part B: Deformations of geometric G-structures’, Math. Ann. 158, no. 5 (1965), 326–351.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2213. Pommaret, J.F.: ‘Théorie des déformations des structures’, Ann. Inst. H. Poincaré Nouvelle Sér. 18 (1973), 285–352. English abstract.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2214. Berard Bergery, L., Bourgignon, J.P. and Lafontaine, J.: ‘Déformations localement triviales des variétés Riemanniennes’, in Differential Geometry, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 27, Amer. Math. Soc., 1975, pp. 3-32.

    Google Scholar 

  2215. Spencer, D.C.: ‘Deformation of structures on manifolds defined by transitive, continuous pseudogroups I. Infinitesimal deformations of structure’, Ann. of Math. 76, no. 2 (1962), 306–398.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2216. Spencer, D.C.: ‘Deformation of structures on manifolds defined by transitive, continuous pseudogroups II. Deformations of structure’, Ann. of Math. 76, no. 3 (1962), 399–445.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  2217. Kobayashi, S. and Nomizu, K.: Foundations of differential geometry, 1, Interscience, 1963, Chapt. 1.

    Google Scholar 

  2218. Haefliger, A.: ‘Homotopy and integrability’, in J.N. Mordeson, et al. (ed.): Structure of arbitrary purely inseparable extension fields, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 173, Springer, 1971, pp. 133-163.

    Google Scholar 

  2219. Pommaret, J.F.: Systems of partial differential equations and Lie pseudogroups, Gordon & Breach, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  2220. Hazewinkel, M. and Gerstenhaber, M. (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  2221. Seifert, H. and Threlfall, W.: A textbook of topology, Acad. Press, 1980 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  2222. Spanier, E.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  2223. Munkres, J.: Elements of algebraic topology, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  2224. Dieudonné, J.: A history of algebraic and differential topology 1900–1960, Birkhäuser, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  2225. Kelley, J.L.: General topology, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2226. Čech, E.: Topological spaces, Interscience, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  2227. Čech, E.: Topological spaces, Interscience, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  2228. Kurosh, A.G.: Lectures on general algebra, Chelsea, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2229. Engeling, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  2230. Urabe, M.: ‘Green functions of pseudo-periodic differential operators’, in M. Urabe (ed.): Japan-United States Sem. Ordinary Differential and Functional Eq., Springer, 1971, pp. 106-122.

    Google Scholar 

  2231. Goldstein, J.A.: ‘Asymptotics for bounded semigroups on Hilbert space’, in R. Nagel, et al. (ed.): Aspects of Positivity in Funct. Anal., North-Holland, 1986, pp. 49-62.

    Google Scholar 

  2232. Tits, J.: Buildings and BN-pairs of spherical type, Springer, 1974, Sect. 8.2.

    Google Scholar 

  2233. Bourbaki, N.: Eléments de mathématique. Algèbre, Hermann, 1959, Chapt. 9. Formes sesquilinéaires et formes quadratiques.

    Google Scholar 

  2234. Dieudonné, J.: La géométrie des groupes classiques, Springer, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  2235. Rashewski, P.K. [P.K. Rashevskiĭ]: Riemannsche Geometrie und Tensoranalyse, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2236. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Non-Euclidean spaces, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2237. Einstein, A.: Collected scientific works, 1, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  2238. Beem, J.K. and Ehrlich, P.E.: Global Lorentzian geometry, M. Dekker, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  2239. Hawking, S.W. and Ellis, G.F.R.: The large scale structure of space-time, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2240. O’Neill, B.: Semi-Riemannian geometry. With applications to relativity, Acad. Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  2241. Sachs, R.K. and Wu, H.: General relativity for mathematicians, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  2242. Misner, C, Thorne, K. and Wheeler, J.: Gravitation, Freeman, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2243. Chisholm, J.S.R. and Common, A.K.: Clifford algebras and their applications in mathematical physics, Reidel, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  2244. Hestenes, D.: New foundations for classical mechanics, Reidel, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  2245. Schouten, J.A.: Ricci-calculus, Springer, 1954, p. 11ff (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  2246. Vygodskiĭ, M.Ya.: Differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2247. Kagan, V.F.: Foundations of the theory of surfaces in a tensor setting, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2248. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry, Springer, 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2249. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1969, p. 320, 378.

    Google Scholar 

  2250. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  2251. Greenberg, M.J.: Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries, Freeman, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  2252. Rosenfeld, B. [B. Rozenfel’d]: A history of non-Euclidean geometry, Springer, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2253. Schouten, J.A.: Ricci-calculus, Springer, 1954, p. 11ff (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  2254. Saver, R. and Szabó, I. (eds.): Mathematische Hilfsmittel des Ingenieurs, III, Springer, 1968, p. Sect. G.II.6.

    Google Scholar 

  2255. Coxeter, H.S.M. and Greitzer, S.: Geometry revisited, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  2256. Maxwell, E.A.: Geometry by transformations, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2257. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1–2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2258. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1–2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2259. Robinson, D.J.S.: A course in the theory of groups, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2260. Mishina, A.P. and Skornyakov, L.A.: Abelian groups and modules, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2261. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘Relative homological algebra in categories of modules’, Russian Math. Surveys 33, no. 3 (1978), 97–137. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 33, no. 3 (1978), 85-120)

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2262. Faith, C.: Algebra: rings, modules and categories, 1, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2263. Fuchs, L.: Infinite abelian groups, 1–2, Acad. Press, 1970–1973.

    Google Scholar 

  2264. Rotman, J.: Introduction to homological algebra, Acad. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  2265. Pontrygin, L.S.: ‘On the theory of differential games’, Russian Math. Surveys 21, no. 4 (1966), 193–246. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 21, no. 4 (1966), 219-274)

    Google Scholar 

  2266. Krasovskiĭ, N.N. and Subbotin, A.I.: Game-theoretical control problems, Springer, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2267. Isaacs, R.: Differential games, Wiley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  2268. Petrosyan, L.A.: Differential pursuit games, Leningrad, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2269. Gal, S.: ‘Search games with mobile and immobile hider’, SIAM J. Control Optim. 17 (1979), 332–349.

    Google Scholar 

  2270. Olsder, G.J. and Papavassilopoulos, G.P.: ‘About when to use the searchlight’, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 136 (1988), 466–478.

    MathSciNet  MATH  Google Scholar 

  2271. Friedman, A.: Differential games, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  2272. Hajek, O.: Pursuit games, Acad. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  2273. Basar, T. and Olsder, G.J.: Dynamic noncooperative game theory, Acad. Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  2274. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  2275. McMullen, P. and Shephard, G.C.: Convex polytopes and the upper bound conjecture, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  2276. Greub, W.H.: Linear algebra, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  2277. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979, p. Chapt. XIII.

    Google Scholar 

Download references

Authors

Editor information

M. Hazewinkel

Rights and permissions

Reprints and permissions

Copyright information

© 1995 Springer Science+Business Media Dordrecht

About this chapter

Cite this chapter

Strunkov, S.P. et al. (1995). P. In: Hazewinkel, M. (eds) Encyclopaedia of Mathematics. Encyclopaedia of Mathematics. Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-3791-9_4

Download citation

  • DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-3791-9_4

  • Publisher Name: Springer, Boston, MA

  • Print ISBN: 978-0-7923-2976-3

  • Online ISBN: 978-1-4899-3791-9

  • eBook Packages: Springer Book Archive

Publish with us

Policies and ethics